@c -*- mode: texinfo; coding: utf-8 -*-
@c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
@c Copyright (C) 1990--1995, 1998--2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions.
@node Display
@chapter Emacs Display

  This chapter describes a number of features related to the display
that Emacs presents to the user.

@menu
* Refresh Screen::      Clearing the screen and redrawing everything on it.
* Forcing Redisplay::   Forcing redisplay.
* Truncation::          Folding or wrapping long text lines.
* The Echo Area::       Displaying messages at the bottom of the screen.
* Warnings::            Displaying warning messages for the user.
* Invisible Text::      Hiding part of the buffer text.
* Selective Display::   Hiding part of the buffer text (the old way).
* Temporary Displays::  Displays that go away automatically.
* Overlays::            Use overlays to highlight parts of the buffer.
* Size of Displayed Text::  How large displayed text is.
* Line Height::         Controlling the height of lines.
* Faces::               A face defines a graphics style for text characters:
                          font, colors, etc.
* Fringes::             Controlling window fringes.
* Scroll Bars::         Controlling scroll bars.
* Window Dividers::     Separating windows visually.
* Display Property::    Images, margins, text size, etc.
* Images::              Displaying images in Emacs buffers.
* Icons::               Displaying icons in Emacs buffers.
* Xwidgets::            Displaying native widgets in Emacs buffers.
* Buttons::             Adding clickable buttons to Emacs buffers.
* Abstract Display::    Emacs's Widget for Object Collections.
* Blinking::            How Emacs shows the matching open parenthesis.
* Character Display::   How Emacs displays individual characters.
* Beeping::             Audible signal to the user.
* Window Systems::      Which window system is being used.
* Tooltips::            Tooltip display in Emacs.
* Bidirectional Display:: Display of bidirectional scripts, such as
                             Arabic and Farsi.
@end menu

@node Refresh Screen
@section Refreshing the Screen
@cindex refresh the screen
@cindex screen refresh

  The function @code{redraw-frame} clears and redisplays the entire
contents of a given frame (@pxref{Frames}).  This is useful if the
screen is corrupted.

@defun redraw-frame &optional frame
This function clears and redisplays frame @var{frame}.  If @var{frame}
is omitted or @code{nil}, it redraws the selected frame.
@end defun

  Even more powerful is @code{redraw-display}:

@deffn Command redraw-display
This function clears and redisplays all visible frames.
@end deffn

  In Emacs, processing user input takes priority over redisplay.  If
you call these functions when input is available, they don't redisplay
immediately, but the requested redisplay does happen
eventually---after all the input has been processed.

  On text terminals, suspending and resuming Emacs normally also
refreshes the screen.  Some terminal emulators record separate
contents for display-oriented programs such as Emacs and for ordinary
sequential display.  If you are using such a terminal, you might want
to inhibit the redisplay on resumption.

@defopt no-redraw-on-reenter
@cindex suspend (cf. @code{no-redraw-on-reenter})
@cindex resume (cf. @code{no-redraw-on-reenter})
This variable controls whether Emacs redraws the entire screen after it
has been suspended and resumed.  Non-@code{nil} means there is no need
to redraw, @code{nil} means redrawing is needed.  The default is @code{nil}.
@end defopt

@node Forcing Redisplay
@section Forcing Redisplay
@cindex forcing redisplay

  Emacs normally tries to redisplay the screen whenever it waits for
input.  With the following function, you can request an immediate
attempt to redisplay, in the middle of Lisp code, without actually
waiting for input.

@defun redisplay &optional force
This function tries immediately to redisplay.  The optional argument
@var{force}, if non-@code{nil}, forces the redisplay to be performed,
instead of being preempted if input is pending.

The function returns @code{t} if it actually tried to redisplay, and
@code{nil} otherwise.  A value of @code{t} does not mean that
redisplay proceeded to completion; it could have been preempted by
newly arriving input.
@end defun

  Although @code{redisplay} tries immediately to redisplay, it does
not change how Emacs decides which parts of its frame(s) to redisplay.
By contrast, the following function adds certain windows to the
pending redisplay work (as if their contents had completely changed),
but does not immediately try to perform redisplay.

@defun force-window-update &optional object
This function forces some or all windows to be updated the next time
Emacs does a redisplay.  If @var{object} is a window, that window is
to be updated.  If @var{object} is a buffer or buffer name, all
windows displaying that buffer are to be updated.  If @var{object} is
@code{nil} (or omitted), all windows are to be updated.

This function does not do a redisplay immediately; Emacs does that as
it waits for input, or when the function @code{redisplay} is called.
@end defun

@defvar pre-redisplay-function
A function run just before redisplay.  It is called with one argument,
the set of windows to be redisplayed.  The set can be @code{nil},
meaning only the selected window, or @code{t}, meaning all the
windows.
@end defvar

@defvar pre-redisplay-functions
This hook is run just before redisplay.  It is called once in each
window that is about to be redisplayed, with @code{current-buffer} set
to the buffer displayed in that window.
@end defvar

@node Truncation
@section Truncation
@cindex line wrapping
@cindex line truncation
@cindex continuation lines
@cindex @samp{$} in display
@cindex @samp{\} in display

  When a line of text extends beyond the right edge of a window, Emacs
can @dfn{continue} the line (make it wrap to the next screen
line), or @dfn{truncate} the line (limit it to one screen line).  The
additional screen lines used to display a long text line are called
@dfn{continuation} lines.  Continuation is not the same as filling;
continuation happens on the screen only, not in the buffer contents,
and it breaks a line precisely at the right margin, not at a word
boundary.  @xref{Filling}.

   On a graphical display, tiny arrow images in the window fringes
indicate truncated and continued lines (@pxref{Fringes}).  On a text
terminal, and on a graphical display when @code{fringe-mode} was
turned off, a @samp{$} in the rightmost column of the window indicates
truncation; a @samp{\} on the rightmost column indicates a line that
wraps.  (The display table can specify alternate characters to use
for this; @pxref{Display Tables}).

   Since wrapping and truncation of text contradict each other, Emacs
turns off line truncation when wrapping is requested, and vice versa.

@defopt truncate-lines
If this buffer-local variable is non-@code{nil}, lines that extend
beyond the right edge of the window are truncated; otherwise, they are
continued.  As a special exception, the variable
@code{truncate-partial-width-windows} takes precedence in
@dfn{partial-width} windows (i.e., windows that do not occupy the
entire frame width).
@end defopt

@defopt truncate-partial-width-windows
@cindex partial-width windows
This variable controls line truncation in @dfn{partial-width} windows.
A partial-width window is one that does not occupy the entire frame
width (@pxref{Splitting Windows}).  If the value is @code{nil}, line
truncation is determined by the variable @code{truncate-lines} (see
above).  If the value is an integer @var{n}, lines are truncated if
the partial-width window has fewer than @var{n} columns, regardless of
the value of @code{truncate-lines}; if the partial-width window has
@var{n} or more columns, line truncation is determined by
@code{truncate-lines}.  For any other non-@code{nil} value, lines are
truncated in every partial-width window, regardless of the value of
@code{truncate-lines}.
@end defopt

  When horizontal scrolling (@pxref{Horizontal Scrolling}) is in use in
a window, that forces truncation.

@defvar wrap-prefix
If this buffer-local variable is non-@code{nil}, it defines a
@dfn{wrap prefix} which Emacs displays at the start of every
continuation line.  (If lines are truncated, @code{wrap-prefix} is
never used.)  Its value may be a string or an image (@pxref{Other
Display Specs}), or a stretch of whitespace such as specified by the
@code{:width} or @code{:align-to} display properties (@pxref{Specified
Space}).  The value is interpreted in the same way as a @code{display}
text property, with one important difference: the horizontal position
specified by @code{:align-to} is measured from the visual beginning of
the screen line.  @xref{Display Property}.

A wrap prefix may also be specified for regions of text, using the
@code{wrap-prefix} text or overlay property.  This takes precedence
over the @code{wrap-prefix} variable.  @xref{Special Properties}.
@end defvar

@defvar line-prefix
If this buffer-local variable is non-@code{nil}, it defines a
@dfn{line prefix} which Emacs displays at the start of every
non-continuation line.  Its value may be a string or an image
(@pxref{Other Display Specs}), or a stretch of whitespace such as
specified by the @code{:width} or @code{:align-to} display properties
(@pxref{Specified Space}).  The value is interpreted in the same way
as a @code{display} text property.  @xref{Display Property}.

A line prefix may also be specified for regions of text using the
@code{line-prefix} text or overlay property.  This takes precedence
over the @code{line-prefix} variable.  @xref{Special Properties}.
@end defvar

@ignore
  If your buffer contains only very short lines, you might find it
advisable to set @code{cache-long-scans} to @code{nil}.

@defvar cache-long-scans
If this variable is non-@code{nil} (the default), various indentation
and motion functions, and Emacs redisplay, cache the results of
scanning the buffer, and consult the cache to avoid rescanning regions
of the buffer unless they are modified.

Turning off the cache speeds up processing of short lines somewhat.

This variable is automatically buffer-local in every buffer.
@end defvar
@end ignore

@node The Echo Area
@section The Echo Area
@cindex error display
@cindex echo area

@c FIXME: Why not use @xref{Minibuffers} directly?  --xfq
  The @dfn{echo area} is used for displaying error messages
(@pxref{Errors}), for messages made with the @code{message} primitive,
and for echoing keystrokes.  It is not the same as the minibuffer,
despite the fact that the minibuffer appears (when active) in the same
place on the screen as the echo area.  @xref{Minibuffer,, The
Minibuffer, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.

  Apart from the functions documented in this section, you can print
Lisp objects to the echo area by specifying @code{t} as the output
stream.  @xref{Output Streams}.

@menu
* Displaying Messages:: Explicitly displaying text in the echo area.
* Progress::            Informing user about progress of a long operation.
* Logging Messages::    Echo area messages are logged for the user.
* Echo Area Customization:: Controlling the echo area.
@end menu

@node Displaying Messages
@subsection Displaying Messages in the Echo Area
@cindex display message in echo area

  This section describes the standard functions for displaying
messages in the echo area.

@defun message format-string &rest arguments
This function displays a message in the echo area.
@var{format-string} is a format string, and @var{arguments} are the
objects for its format specifications, like in the @code{format-message}
function (@pxref{Formatting Strings}).  The resulting formatted string
is displayed in the echo area; if it contains @code{face} text
properties, it is displayed with the specified faces (@pxref{Faces}).
The string is also added to the @file{*Messages*} buffer, but without
text properties (@pxref{Logging Messages}).

Typically grave accent and apostrophe in the format translate to
matching curved quotes, e.g., @t{"Missing `%s'"} might result in
@t{"Missing ‘foo’"}.  @xref{Text Quoting Style}, for how to influence
or inhibit this translation.

In batch mode, the message is printed to the standard error stream,
followed by a newline.

When @code{inhibit-message} is non-@code{nil}, no message will be displayed
in the echo area, it will only be logged to @samp{*Messages*}.

If @var{format-string} is @code{nil} or the empty string,
@code{message} clears the echo area; if the echo area has been
expanded automatically, this brings it back to its normal size.  If
the minibuffer is active, this brings the minibuffer contents back
onto the screen immediately.

@example
@group
(message "Reverting `%s'..." (buffer-name))
 @print{} Reverting ‘subr.el’...
@result{} "Reverting ‘subr.el’..."
@end group

@group
---------- Echo Area ----------
Reverting ‘subr.el’...
---------- Echo Area ----------
@end group
@end example

To automatically display a message in the echo area or in a pop-buffer,
depending on its size, use @code{display-message-or-buffer} (see below).

@strong{Warning:} If you want to use your own string as a message
verbatim, don't just write @code{(message @var{string})}.  If
@var{string} contains @samp{%}, @samp{`}, or @samp{'} it may be
reformatted, with undesirable results.  Instead, use @code{(message
"%s" @var{string})}.
@end defun

The following facilities allow users and Lisp programs to control how
echo-area messages are displayed.

@defvar set-message-function
If this variable is non-@code{nil}, it should be a function of one
argument, the text of a message to display in the echo area.  That
function will be called by @code{message} and related functions.  If
the function returns @code{nil}, the message is displayed in the echo
area as usual.  If the function returns a string, that string is
displayed in the echo area @emph{instead} of the original message.  If
the function returns any other non-@code{nil} value, that means the
message was already handled, so @code{message} will not display
anything in the echo area.

The default value calls @code{set-minibuffer-message}, described
below.
@end defvar

@defvar clear-message-function
If this variable is non-@code{nil}, it should be a function of no
arguments; @code{message} and related functions call it when their
argument message is @code{nil} or the empty string, to clear the echo
area.

Usually this function is called when the next input event arrives
after displaying an echo-area message.  The function is expected to
clear the message displayed by its counterpart function specified by
@code{set-message-function}, but doesn't have to.  If the function
wants the echo area to remain uncleared, it should return the symbol
@code{dont-clear-message}; any other value will result in the echo
area being cleared.

The default value is the function that clears the message displayed in
an active minibuffer.
@end defvar

@defopt set-message-functions
The value of this user option is a list of functions to be called for
handling display of echo-area messages.  Each function is called with
one argument, the text of the message to display.  If the function
returns a string, that string replaces the original message, and the
next function in the list is called with the new message text.  If the
function returns @code{nil}, the next function in the list is called
with the same text; if the last function in the list returns
@code{nil}, the message text is displayed in the echo area.  If the
function returns a non-@code{nil} value that is not a string, the
message is considered to be handled, and no further functions in the
list are called.

The three useful functions to be put in the list that is the value of
this option are described below.
@end defopt

@defun set-minibuffer-message message
This function displays @var{message} in the echo-area when the
minibuffer is not active, and at the end of the minibuffer when the
minibuffer is active.  However, if the text shown in the active
minibuffer has the @code{minibuffer-message} text property
(@pxref{Special Properties}) on some character, the message will be
displayed before the first character having that property.

This function is by default the only member of the list in
@code{set-message-functions}.
@end defun

@vindex inhibit-message-regexps
@defun inhibit-message message
If an echo-area @var{message} matches any regexp in the list that is
the value of the user option @code{inhibit-message-regexps}, this
function suppresses the display of that message and returns a
non-@code{nil} value that is not a string.  Thus, if this function is
in the list @code{set-message-functions}, the rest of the functions in
the list will not be called when @var{message} matches the regexps in
@code{inhibit-message-regexps}.  To ensure a matching @var{message}
will never be displayed, make this function be the first element of
the list in @code{set-message-functions}.
@end defun

@vindex multi-message-max
@vindex multi-message-timeout
@defun set-multi-message message
This function accumulates several echo-area messages emitted one after
another, and returns them as a single string in which individual
messages are separated by newlines.  Up to @code{multi-message-max}
recent messages can be accumulated.  The accumulated messages are
discarded when more than @code{multi-message-timeout} seconds have
elapsed since the time the first message was emitted.
@end defun

@defvar inhibit-message
When this variable is non-@code{nil}, @code{message} and related functions
will not display any messages in the Echo Area, and will also not clear
previous echo-area messages when @code{message} is called with a
@code{nil} or an empty argument.  Echo-area messages are still logged in
the @file{*Messages*} buffer, though.
@end defvar

@defmac with-temp-message message &rest body
This construct displays a message in the echo area temporarily, during
the execution of @var{body}.  It displays @var{message}, executes
@var{body}, then returns the value of the last body form while restoring
the previous echo area contents.
@end defmac

@defun message-or-box format-string &rest arguments
This function displays a message like @code{message}, but may display it
in a dialog box instead of the echo area.  If this function is called in
a command that was invoked using the mouse---more precisely, if
@code{last-nonmenu-event} (@pxref{Command Loop Info}) is either
@code{nil} or a list---then it uses a dialog box or pop-up menu to
display the message.  Otherwise, it uses the echo area.  (This is the
same criterion that @code{y-or-n-p} uses to make a similar decision; see
@ref{Yes-or-No Queries}.)

You can force use of the mouse or of the echo area by binding
@code{last-nonmenu-event} to a suitable value around the call.
@end defun

@defun message-box format-string &rest arguments
@anchor{message-box}
This function displays a message like @code{message}, but uses a dialog
box (or a pop-up menu) whenever that is possible.  If it is impossible
to use a dialog box or pop-up menu, because the terminal does not
support them, then @code{message-box} uses the echo area, like
@code{message}.
@end defun

@defun display-message-or-buffer message &optional buffer-name action frame
This function displays the message @var{message}, which may be either a
string or a buffer.  If it is shorter than the maximum height of the
echo area, as defined by @code{max-mini-window-height}, it is displayed
in the echo area, using @code{message}.  Otherwise,
@code{display-buffer} is used to show it in a pop-up buffer.

Returns either the string shown in the echo area, or when a pop-up
buffer is used, the window used to display it.

If @var{message} is a string, then the optional argument
@var{buffer-name} is the name of the buffer used to display it when a
pop-up buffer is used, defaulting to @file{*Message*}.  In the case
where @var{message} is a string and displayed in the echo area, it is
not specified whether the contents are inserted into the buffer anyway.

The optional arguments @var{action} and @var{frame} are as for
@code{display-buffer}, and only used if a buffer is displayed.
@end defun

@defun current-message
This function returns the message currently being displayed in the
echo area, or @code{nil} if there is none.
@end defun

@node Progress
@subsection Reporting Operation Progress
@cindex progress reporting

  When an operation can take a while to finish, you should inform the
user about the progress it makes.  This way the user can estimate
remaining time and clearly see that Emacs is busy working, not hung.
A convenient way to do this is to use a @dfn{progress reporter}.

  Here is a working example that does nothing useful:

@smallexample
(let ((progress-reporter
       (make-progress-reporter "Collecting mana for Emacs..."
                               0  500)))
  (dotimes (k 500)
    (sit-for 0.01)
    (progress-reporter-update progress-reporter k))
  (progress-reporter-done progress-reporter))
@end smallexample

@defun make-progress-reporter message &optional min-value max-value current-value min-change min-time
This function creates and returns a progress reporter object, which
you will use as an argument for the other functions listed below.  The
idea is to precompute as much data as possible to make progress
reporting very fast.

When this progress reporter is subsequently used, it will display
@var{message} in the echo area, followed by progress percentage.
@var{message} is treated as a simple string.  If you need it to depend
on a filename, for instance, use @code{format-message} before calling this
function.

The arguments @var{min-value} and @var{max-value} should be numbers
standing for the starting and final states of the operation.  For
instance, an operation that scans a buffer should set these to the
results of @code{point-min} and @code{point-max} correspondingly.
@var{max-value} should be greater than @var{min-value}.

Alternatively, you can set @var{min-value} and @var{max-value} to
@code{nil}.  In that case, the progress reporter does not report
process percentages; it instead displays a ``spinner'' that rotates a
notch each time you update the progress reporter.

If @var{min-value} and @var{max-value} are numbers, you can give the
argument @var{current-value} a numerical value specifying the initial
progress; if omitted, this defaults to @var{min-value}.

The remaining arguments control the rate of echo area updates.  The
progress reporter will wait for at least @var{min-change} more
percents of the operation to be completed before printing next
message; the default is one percent.  @var{min-time} specifies the
minimum time in seconds to pass between successive prints; the default
is 0.2 seconds.  (On some operating systems, the progress reporter may
handle fractions of seconds with varying precision).

This function calls @code{progress-reporter-update}, so the first
message is printed immediately.
@end defun

@defun progress-reporter-update reporter &optional value suffix
This function does the main work of reporting progress of your
operation.  It displays the message of @var{reporter}, followed by
progress percentage determined by @var{value}.  If percentage is zero,
or close enough according to the @var{min-change} and @var{min-time}
arguments, then it is omitted from the output.

@var{reporter} must be the result of a call to
@code{make-progress-reporter}.  @var{value} specifies the current
state of your operation and must be between @var{min-value} and
@var{max-value} (inclusive) as passed to
@code{make-progress-reporter}.  For instance, if you scan a buffer,
then @var{value} should be the result of a call to @code{point}.

Optional argument @var{suffix} is a string to be displayed after
@var{reporter}'s main message and progress text.  If @var{reporter} is
a non-numerical reporter, then @var{value} should be @code{nil}, or a
string to use instead of @var{suffix}.

This function respects @var{min-change} and @var{min-time} as passed
to @code{make-progress-reporter} and so does not output new messages
on every invocation.  It is thus very fast and normally you should not
try to reduce the number of calls to it: resulting overhead will most
likely negate your effort.
@end defun

@defun progress-reporter-force-update reporter &optional value new-message suffix
This function is similar to @code{progress-reporter-update} except
that it prints a message in the echo area unconditionally.

@var{reporter}, @var{value}, and @var{suffix} have the same meaning as for
@code{progress-reporter-update}.  Optional @var{new-message} allows
you to change the message of the @var{reporter}.  Since this function
always updates the echo area, such a change will be immediately
presented to the user.
@end defun

@defun progress-reporter-done reporter
This function should be called when the operation is finished.  It
prints the message of @var{reporter} followed by word @samp{done} in the
echo area.

You should always call this function and not hope for
@code{progress-reporter-update} to print @samp{100%}.  Firstly, it may
never print it, there are many good reasons for this not to happen.
Secondly, @samp{done} is more explicit.
@end defun

@defmac dotimes-with-progress-reporter (var count [result]) reporter-or-message body@dots{}
This is a convenience macro that works the same way as @code{dotimes}
does, but also reports loop progress using the functions described
above.  It allows you to save some typing.  The argument
@var{reporter-or-message} can be either a string or a progress
reporter object.

You can rewrite the example in the beginning of this subsection using
this macro as follows:

@example
@group
(dotimes-with-progress-reporter
    (k 500)
    "Collecting some mana for Emacs..."
  (sit-for 0.01))
@end group
@end example

Using a reporter object as the @var{reporter-or-message} argument is
useful if you want to specify the optional arguments in
@var{make-progress-reporter}.  For instance, you can write the
previous example as follows:

@example
@group
(dotimes-with-progress-reporter
    (k 500)
    (make-progress-reporter "Collecting some mana for Emacs..." 0 500 0 1 1.5)
  (sit-for 0.01))
@end group
@end example
@end defmac

@defmac dolist-with-progress-reporter (var list [result]) reporter-or-message body@dots{}
This is another convenience macro that works the same way as @code{dolist}
does, but also reports loop progress using the functions described
above.  As in @code{dotimes-with-progress-reporter},
@code{reporter-or-message} can be a progress reporter or a string.
You can rewrite the previous example with this macro as follows:

@example
@group
(dolist-with-progress-reporter
    (k (number-sequence 0 500))
    "Collecting some mana for Emacs..."
  (sit-for 0.01))
@end group
@end example
@end defmac

@defmac with-delayed-message (timeout message) body@dots{}
Sometimes it's unclear whether an operation will take a long time to
execute or not, or it can be inconvenient to implement a progress
reporter.  This macro can be used in those situations.

@lisp
(with-delayed-message (2 (format "Gathering data for %s" entry))
  (setq data (gather-data entry)))
@end lisp

In this example, if the body takes more than two seconds to execute,
the message will be displayed.  If it takes a shorter time than that,
the message won't be displayed.  In either case, the body is evaluated
as normally, and the return value of the final element in the body is
the return value of the macro.

The @var{message} element is evaluated before @var{body}, and is
always evaluated, whether the message is displayed or not.
@end defmac

@node Logging Messages
@subsection Logging Messages in @file{*Messages*}
@cindex logging echo-area messages

  Almost all the messages displayed in the echo area are also recorded
in the @file{*Messages*} buffer so that the user can refer back to
them.  This includes all the messages that are output with
@code{message}.  By default, this buffer is read-only and uses the major
mode @code{messages-buffer-mode}.  Nothing prevents the user from
killing the @file{*Messages*} buffer, but the next display of a message
recreates it.  Any Lisp code that needs to access the
@file{*Messages*} buffer directly and wants to ensure that it exists
should use the function @code{messages-buffer}.

@defun messages-buffer
This function returns the @file{*Messages*} buffer.  If it does not
exist, it creates it, and switches it to @code{messages-buffer-mode}.
@end defun

@defopt message-log-max
This variable specifies how many lines to keep in the @file{*Messages*}
buffer.  The value @code{t} means there is no limit on how many lines to
keep.  The value @code{nil} disables message logging entirely.  Here's
how to display a message and prevent it from being logged:

@example
(let (message-log-max)
  (message @dots{}))
@end example
@end defopt

@defvar messages-buffer-name
This variable has the name of the buffer where messages should be
logged to, and defaults to @file{*Messages*}.  Some packages may find
it useful to temporarily redirect the output to a different buffer
(perhaps to write the buffer out to a log file later), and they can
bind this variable to a different buffer name.  (Note that this buffer
(if it doesn't exist already), will be created and put into
@code{messages-buffer-mode}.)
@end defvar

  To make @file{*Messages*} more convenient for the user, the logging
facility combines successive identical messages.  It also combines
successive related messages for the sake of two cases: question
followed by answer, and a series of progress messages.

  A question followed by an answer has two messages like the
ones produced by @code{y-or-n-p}: the first is @samp{@var{question}},
and the second is @samp{@var{question}...@var{answer}}.  The first
message conveys no additional information beyond what's in the second,
so logging the second message discards the first from the log.

  A series of progress messages has successive messages like
those produced by @code{make-progress-reporter}.  They have the form
@samp{@var{base}...@var{how-far}}, where @var{base} is the same each
time, while @var{how-far} varies.  Logging each message in the series
discards the previous one, provided they are consecutive.

  The functions @code{make-progress-reporter} and @code{y-or-n-p}
don't have to do anything special to activate the message log
combination feature.  It operates whenever two consecutive messages
are logged that share a common prefix ending in @samp{...}.

@node Echo Area Customization
@subsection Echo Area Customization
@cindex echo area customization

  These variables control details of how the echo area works.

@defvar cursor-in-echo-area
This variable controls where the cursor appears when a message is
displayed in the echo area.  If it is non-@code{nil}, then the cursor
appears at the end of the message.  Otherwise, the cursor appears at
point---not in the echo area at all.

The value is normally @code{nil}; Lisp programs bind it to @code{t}
for brief periods of time.
@end defvar

@defvar echo-area-clear-hook
This normal hook is run whenever the echo area is cleared---either by
@code{(message nil)} or for any other reason.
@end defvar

@defopt echo-keystrokes
This variable determines how much time should elapse before command
characters echo.  Its value must be a number, and specifies the
number of seconds to wait before echoing.  If the user types a prefix
key (such as @kbd{C-x}) and then delays this many seconds before
continuing, the prefix key is echoed in the echo area.  (Once echoing
begins in a key sequence, all subsequent characters in the same key
sequence are echoed immediately.)

If the value is zero, then command input is not echoed.
@end defopt

@defvar message-truncate-lines
Normally, displaying a long message resizes the echo area to display
the entire message, wrapping long line as needed.  But if the variable
@code{message-truncate-lines} is non-@code{nil}, long lines of
echo-area message are instead truncated to fit the mini-window width.
@end defvar

  The variable @code{max-mini-window-height}, which specifies the
maximum height for resizing minibuffer windows, also applies to the
echo area (which is really a special use of the minibuffer window;
@pxref{Minibuffer Windows}).

@node Warnings
@section Reporting Warnings
@cindex warnings

  @dfn{Warnings} are a facility for a program to inform the user of a
possible problem, but continue running (as opposed to signaling an
error, @pxref{Errors}).

@menu
* Warning Basics::      Warnings concepts and functions to report them.
* Warning Variables::   Variables programs bind to customize their warnings.
* Warning Options::     Variables users set to control display of warnings.
* Delayed Warnings::    Deferring a warning until the end of a command.
@end menu

@node Warning Basics
@subsection Warning Basics
@cindex severity level

  Every warning is a textual message, which explains the problem for
the user, with the associated @dfn{severity level} which is a symbol.
Here are the supported severity levels, in order of decreasing
severity, and their meanings:

@table @code
@item :emergency
A problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
if the user does not attend to it promptly.
@item :error
A report about data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
@item :warning
A report about data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
@item :debug
A report of information that may be useful if the user is currently
debugging the Lisp program which issues the warning.
@end table

  When your program encounters invalid input data, it can either
signal a Lisp error by calling @code{error} or @code{signal}
(@pxref{Signaling Errors}) or report a warning with severity
@code{:error}.  Signaling a Lisp error is the easiest thing to do, but
it means the signaling program cannot continue execution.  If you want
to take the trouble of implementing a way to continue processing
despite the invalid data, then reporting a warning of severity
@code{:error} is the right way of informing the user of the problem.
For instance, the Emacs Lisp byte compiler can report an error that
way and continue compiling other functions.  (If the program signals a
Lisp error and then handles it with @code{condition-case}, the user
won't see the error message; reporting that as a warning instead
avoids that problem.)

@cindex warning type
  In addition to severity level, each warning has a @dfn{warning type}
to classify it.  The warning type is either a symbol or a list of
symbols.  If it is a symbol, it should be the custom group that you
use for the program's user options; if it is a list, the first element
of the list should be that custom group.  For example, byte compiler
warnings use the warning type @code{(bytecomp)}.  If the warning type
is a list, the elements of the list after the first one, which should
be arbitrary symbols, represent subcategories of the warning: they
will be displayed to the user to better explain the nature of the
warning.

@defun display-warning type message &optional level buffer-name
This function reports a warning, using the string @var{message} as the
warning text and @var{type} as the warning type.  @var{level} should
be the severity level, and defaults to @code{:warning} if omitted or
@code{nil}.

@var{buffer-name}, if non-@code{nil}, specifies the name of the buffer
for logging the warning message.  By default, it is @file{*Warnings*}.
@end defun

@defun lwarn type level message &rest args
This function reports a warning using the value returned by
@w{@code{(format-message @var{message} @var{args}@dots{})}} as the
message text in the @file{*Warnings*} buffer.  In other respects it is
equivalent to @code{display-warning}.
@end defun

@defun warn message &rest args
This function reports a warning using the value returned by
@w{@code{(format-message @var{message} @var{args}@dots{})}} as the
message text, @code{emacs} as the warning type, and @code{:warning} as
the severity level.  It exists for compatibility only; we recommend
not using it, because you should specify a specific warning type.
@end defun

@node Warning Variables
@subsection Warning Variables
@cindex warning variables

  Programs can customize how their warnings appear by binding
the variables described in this section.

@defvar warning-levels
This list defines the meaning and severity order of the warning
severity levels.  Each element defines one severity level,
and they are arranged in order of decreasing severity.

Each element has the form @w{@code{(@var{level} @var{string}
[@var{function}])}}, where @var{level} is the severity level it
defines.  @var{string} specifies the textual description of this
level.  @var{string} should use @samp{%s} to specify where to put the
warning type information, or it can omit the @samp{%s} so as not to
include that information.

The optional @var{function}, if non-@code{nil}, is a function to call
with no arguments, to get the user's attention.  A notable example is
@code{ding} (@pxref{Beeping}).

Normally you should not change the value of this variable.
@end defvar

@defvar warning-prefix-function
If non-@code{nil}, the value is a function to generate prefix text for
warnings.  Programs can bind the variable to a suitable function.
@code{display-warning} calls this function with the warnings buffer
the current buffer, and the function can insert text into it.  That
text becomes the beginning of the warning message.

The function is called with two arguments, the severity level and its
entry in @code{warning-levels}.  It should return a list to use
@emph{instead} of that entry (the value need not be an actual member
of @code{warning-levels}, but it must have the same structure).  By
constructing this value, the function can change the severity of the
warning, or specify different handling for a given severity level.

If the variable's value is @code{nil}, there's no prefix text, before
the warning is displayed, starting with the @var{string} part of the
entry in @code{warning-levels} corresponding to the warning's level.
@end defvar

@defvar warning-series
Programs can bind this variable to @code{t} to say that the next
warning should begin a series.  When several warnings form a series,
that means to leave point on the first warning of the series, rather
than keep moving it for each warning so that it appears on the last one.
The series ends when the local binding of this variable is unbound and
@code{warning-series} becomes @code{nil} again.

The value can also be a symbol with a function definition.  That is
equivalent to @code{t}, except that the next warning will also call
the function with no arguments with the warnings buffer the current
buffer.  The function can, for example, insert text which will serve
as a header for the series of warnings.

Once a series has begun, the value of this variable is a marker which
points to the buffer position in the warnings buffer of the start of
the series.

The variable's normal value is @code{nil}, which means to handle
each warning separately.
@end defvar

@defvar warning-fill-prefix
When this variable is non-@code{nil}, it specifies a fill prefix to
use for filling the text of each warning.
@end defvar

@defvar warning-fill-column
The column at which to fill warnings.
@end defvar

@defvar warning-type-format
This variable specifies the format for displaying the warning type
in the warning text.  The result of formatting the type this way
gets included in the message under the control of the string in the
entry in @code{warning-levels}.  The default value is @code{" (%s)"}.
If you bind it to the empty string @code{""} then the warning type
won't appear at all.
@end defvar

@node Warning Options
@subsection Warning Options
@cindex warning options

  These variables are used by users to control what happens
when a Lisp program reports a warning.

@defopt warning-display-at-bottom
This user option controls the window in which the warnings buffer is
shown.  By default, the value is @code{t}, and Emacs displays the
warnings buffer in a window at the bottom of the selected frame,
creating a new window there if needed.  If customized to @code{nil}, the
warnings buffer will be shown using the default rules of
@code{display-buffer} (@pxref{Choosing Window}); in that case the
@code{warning} category can be used in @code{display-buffer-alist} to
customize how @code{display-buffer} will display these buffers
(@pxref{Buffer Display Action Alists}).
@end defopt

@defopt warning-minimum-level
This user option specifies the minimum severity level that should be
shown immediately to the user, by popping the warnings buffer in some
window.  The default is @code{:warning}, which means to show the
warning buffer for any warning severity except @code{:debug}.  The
warnings of lower severity levels will still be written into the
warnings buffer, but the buffer will not be forced onto display.
@end defopt

@defopt warning-minimum-log-level
This user option specifies the minimum severity level that should be
logged in the warnings buffer.  Warnings of lower severity will be
completely ignored: not written to the warnings buffer and not
displayed.  The default is @code{:warning}, which means to log
warnings of any severity except @code{:debug}.
@end defopt

@defopt warning-suppress-types
This list specifies which warning types should not be displayed
immediately when they occur.  Each element of the list should be a
list of symbols.  If an element of this list has the same elements as
the first elements in a warning type, then the warning of that type
will not be shown on display by popping the warnings buffer in some
window (the warning will still be logged in the warnings buffer).

For example, if the value of this variable is a list like this:

@lisp
((foo) (bar subtype))
@end lisp

@noindent
then warnings whose types are @code{foo} or @code{(foo)} or
@w{@code{(foo something)}} or @w{@code{(bar subtype other)}} will not
be shown to the user.
@end defopt

@defopt warning-suppress-log-types
This list specifies which warning types should be ignored: not logged
in the warnings buffer and not shown to the user.  The structure and
the matching of warning types are the same as for
@code{warning-suppress-types} above.
@end defopt

@cindex warnings, suppressing during startup
@cindex prevent warnings in init files
  During startup, Emacs delays showing any warnings until after it
loads and processes the site-wide and user's init files
(@pxref{Startup Summary}).  Let-binding (@pxref{Local Variables}) the
values of these options around some code in your init files which
might emit a warning will therefore not work, because it will not be
in effect by the time the warning is actually processed.  Thus, if you
want to suppress some warnings during startup, change the values of
the above options in your init file early enough, or put those
let-binding forms in your @code{after-init-hook} or
@code{emacs-startup-hook} functions.  @xref{Init File}.

@node Delayed Warnings
@subsection Delayed Warnings
@cindex delayed warnings
@cindex warnings, delayed

Sometimes, you may wish to avoid showing a warning while a command is
running, and only show it only after the end of the command.  You can
use the function @code{delay-warning} for this.  Emacs automatically
delays any warnings emitted during the early stages of startup, and
shows them only after the init files are processed.

@defun delay-warning type message &optional level buffer-name
This function is the delayed counterpart to @code{display-warning}
(@pxref{Warning Basics}), and it is called with the same arguments.
The warning message is queued into @code{delayed-warnings-list}.
@end defun

@defvar delayed-warnings-list
The value of this variable is a list of warnings to be displayed after
the current command has finished.  Each element must be a list

@smallexample
(@var{type} @var{message} [@var{level} [@var{buffer-name}]])
@end smallexample

@noindent
with the same form, and the same meanings, as the argument list of
@code{display-warning}.  Immediately after running
@code{post-command-hook} (@pxref{Command Overview}), the Emacs
command loop displays all the warnings specified by this variable,
then resets the variable to @code{nil}.
@end defvar

  Programs which need to further customize the delayed warnings
mechanism can change the variable @code{delayed-warnings-hook}:

@defvar delayed-warnings-hook
This is a normal hook which is run by the Emacs command loop, after
@code{post-command-hook}, in order to process and display delayed
warnings.  Emacs also runs this hook during startup, after loading the
site-start and user init files (@pxref{Startup Summary}), because
warnings emitted before that are automatically delayed.

Its default value is a list of two functions:

@smallexample
(collapse-delayed-warnings display-delayed-warnings)
@end smallexample

@findex collapse-delayed-warnings
@findex display-delayed-warnings
@noindent
The function @code{collapse-delayed-warnings} removes repeated entries
from @code{delayed-warnings-list}.  The function
@code{display-delayed-warnings} calls @code{display-warning} on each
of the entries in @code{delayed-warnings-list}, in turn, and then sets
@code{delayed-warnings-list} to @code{nil}.
@end defvar

@node Invisible Text
@section Invisible Text

@cindex invisible text
You can make characters @dfn{invisible}, so that they do not appear on
the screen, with the @code{invisible} property.  This can be either a
text property (@pxref{Text Properties}) or an overlay property
(@pxref{Overlays}).  Cursor motion also partly ignores these
characters; if the command loop finds that point is inside a range of
invisible text after a command, it relocates point to the other side
of the text.

In the simplest case, any non-@code{nil} @code{invisible} property makes
a character invisible.  This is the default case---if you don't alter
the default value of @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}, this is how the
@code{invisible} property works.  You should normally use @code{t}
as the value of the @code{invisible} property if you don't plan
to set @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} yourself.

More generally, you can use the variable @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}
to control which values of the @code{invisible} property make text
invisible.  This permits you to classify the text into different subsets
in advance, by giving them different @code{invisible} values, and
subsequently make various subsets visible or invisible by changing the
value of @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}.

Controlling visibility with @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} is
especially useful in a program to display the list of entries in a
database.  It permits the implementation of convenient filtering
commands to view just a part of the entries in the database.  Setting
this variable is very fast, much faster than scanning all the text in
the buffer looking for properties to change.

@defvar buffer-invisibility-spec
This variable specifies which kinds of @code{invisible} properties
actually make a character invisible.  Setting this variable makes it
buffer-local.

@table @asis
@item @code{t}
A character is invisible if its @code{invisible} property is
non-@code{nil}.  This is the default.

@item a list
Each element of the list specifies a criterion for invisibility; if a
character's @code{invisible} property fits any one of these criteria,
the character is invisible.  The list can have two kinds of elements:

@table @code
@item @var{atom}
A character is invisible if its @code{invisible} property value is
@var{atom} or if it is a list with @var{atom} as a member; comparison
is done with @code{eq}.

@item (@var{atom} . t)
A character is invisible if its @code{invisible} property value is
@var{atom} or if it is a list with @var{atom} as a member; comparison
is done with @code{eq}.  Moreover, a sequence of such characters
displays as an ellipsis.
@end table
@end table
@end defvar

  Two functions are specifically provided for adding elements to
@code{buffer-invisibility-spec} and removing elements from it.

@defun add-to-invisibility-spec element
This function adds the element @var{element} to
@code{buffer-invisibility-spec}.  If @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}
was @code{t}, it changes to a list, @code{(t)}, so that text whose
@code{invisible} property is @code{t} remains invisible.
@end defun

@defun remove-from-invisibility-spec element
This removes the element @var{element} from
@code{buffer-invisibility-spec}.  This does nothing if @var{element}
is not in the list.
@end defun

  A convention for use of @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} is that a
major mode should use the mode's own name as an element of
@code{buffer-invisibility-spec} and as the value of the
@code{invisible} property:

@example
;; @r{If you want to display an ellipsis:}
(add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
;; @r{If you don't want ellipsis:}
(add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)

(overlay-put (make-overlay beginning end)
             'invisible 'my-symbol)

;; @r{When done with the invisibility:}
(remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
;; @r{Or respectively:}
(remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
@end example

  You can check for invisibility using the following function:

@defun invisible-p pos-or-prop
If @var{pos-or-prop} is a marker or number, this function returns a
non-@code{nil} value if the text at that position is currently
invisible.

If @var{pos-or-prop} is any other kind of Lisp object, that is taken
to mean a possible value of the @code{invisible} text or overlay
property.  In that case, this function returns a non-@code{nil} value
if that value would cause text to become invisible, based on the
current value of @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}.

The return value of this function is @code{t} if the text would be
completely hidden on display, or a non-@code{nil}, non-@code{t} value
if the text would be replaced by an ellipsis.
@end defun

@vindex line-move-ignore-invisible
  Ordinarily, functions that operate on text or move point do not care
whether the text is invisible, they process invisible characters and
visible characters alike.  The user-level line motion commands,
such as @code{next-line}, @code{previous-line}, ignore invisible
newlines if @code{line-move-ignore-invisible} is non-@code{nil} (the
default), i.e., behave like these invisible newlines didn't exist in
the buffer, but only because they are explicitly programmed to do so.

  If a command ends with point inside or at the boundary of
invisible text, the main editing loop relocates point to one of the
two ends of the invisible text.  Emacs chooses the direction of
relocation so that it is the same as the overall movement direction of
the command; if in doubt, it prefers a position where an inserted char
would not inherit the @code{invisible} property.  Additionally, if the
text is not replaced by an ellipsis and the command only moved within
the invisible text, then point is moved one extra character so as to
try and reflect the command's movement by a visible movement of the
cursor.

  Thus, if the command moved point back to an invisible range (with the usual
stickiness), Emacs moves point back to the beginning of that range.  If the
command moved point forward into an invisible range, Emacs moves point forward
to the first visible character that follows the invisible text and then forward
one more character.

  These @dfn{adjustments} of point that ended up in the middle of
invisible text can be disabled by setting @code{disable-point-adjustment}
to a non-@code{nil} value.  @xref{Adjusting Point}.

  Incremental search can make invisible overlays visible temporarily
and/or permanently when a match includes invisible text.  To enable
this, the overlay should have a non-@code{nil}
@code{isearch-open-invisible} property.  The property value should be a
function to be called with the overlay as an argument.  This function
should make the overlay visible permanently; it is used when the match
overlaps the overlay on exit from the search.

  During the search, such overlays are made temporarily visible by
temporarily modifying their invisible and intangible properties.  If you
want this to be done differently for a certain overlay, give it an
@code{isearch-open-invisible-temporary} property which is a function.
The function is called with two arguments: the first is the overlay, and
the second is @code{nil} to make the overlay visible, or @code{t} to
make it invisible again.

@cindex invisible text, and display properties
  The @code{invisible} property is ignored in text that is covered by a
@dfn{replacing} @code{display} property, because such @code{display}
properties skip the text without processing its properties.
@xref{Replacing Specs}.

@node Selective Display
@section Selective Display
@c @cindex selective display   Duplicates selective-display

  @dfn{Selective display} refers to a pair of related features for
hiding certain lines on the screen.

@cindex explicit selective display
  The first variant, explicit selective display, was designed for use in a Lisp
program: it controls which lines are hidden by altering the text.  This kind of
hiding is now obsolete and deprecated; instead you should use the
@code{invisible} property (@pxref{Invisible Text}) to get the same effect.

  In the second variant, the choice of lines to hide is made
automatically based on indentation.  This variant is designed to be a
user-level feature.

  The way you control explicit selective display is by replacing a
newline (control-j) with a carriage return (control-m).  The text that
was formerly a line following that newline is now hidden.  Strictly
speaking, it is temporarily no longer a line at all, since only
newlines can separate lines; it is now part of the previous line.

  Selective display does not directly affect editing commands.  For
example, @kbd{C-f} (@code{forward-char}) moves point unhesitatingly
into hidden text.  However, the replacement of newline characters with
carriage return characters affects some editing commands.  For
example, @code{next-line} skips hidden lines, since it searches only
for newlines.  Modes that use selective display can also define
commands that take account of the newlines, or that control which
parts of the text are hidden.

  When you write a selectively displayed buffer into a file, all the
control-m's are output as newlines.  This means that when you next read
in the file, it looks OK, with nothing hidden.  The selective display
effect is seen only within Emacs.

@defvar selective-display
This buffer-local variable enables selective display.  This means that
lines, or portions of lines, may be made hidden.

@itemize @bullet
@item
If the value of @code{selective-display} is @code{t}, then the character
control-m marks the start of hidden text; the control-m, and the rest
of the line following it, are not displayed.  This is explicit selective
display.

@item
If the value of @code{selective-display} is a positive integer, then
lines that start with more than that many columns of indentation are not
displayed.
@end itemize

When some portion of a buffer is hidden, the vertical movement
commands operate as if that portion did not exist, allowing a single
@code{next-line} command to skip any number of hidden lines.
However, character movement commands (such as @code{forward-char}) do
not skip the hidden portion, and it is possible (if tricky) to insert
or delete text in a hidden portion.

In the examples below, we show the @emph{display appearance} of the
buffer @code{foo}, which changes with the value of
@code{selective-display}.  The @emph{contents} of the buffer do not
change.

@example
@group
(setq selective-display nil)
     @result{} nil

---------- Buffer: foo ----------
1 on this column
 2on this column
  3n this column
  3n this column
 2on this column
1 on this column
---------- Buffer: foo ----------
@end group

@group
(setq selective-display 2)
     @result{} 2

---------- Buffer: foo ----------
1 on this column
 2on this column
 2on this column
1 on this column
---------- Buffer: foo ----------
@end group
@end example
@end defvar

@defopt selective-display-ellipses
If this buffer-local variable is non-@code{nil}, then Emacs displays
@samp{@dots{}} at the end of a line that is followed by hidden text.
This example is a continuation of the previous one.

@example
@group
(setq selective-display-ellipses t)
     @result{} t

---------- Buffer: foo ----------
1 on this column
 2on this column ...
 2on this column
1 on this column
---------- Buffer: foo ----------
@end group
@end example

You can use a display table to substitute other text for the ellipsis
(@samp{@dots{}}).  @xref{Display Tables}.
@end defopt

@node Temporary Displays
@section Temporary Displays
@cindex temporary display
@cindex temporary buffer display

  Temporary displays are used by Lisp programs to put output into a
buffer and then present it to the user for perusal rather than for
editing.  Many help commands use this feature.

@defmac with-output-to-temp-buffer buffer-name body@dots{}
This function executes the forms in @var{body} while arranging to insert
any output they print into the buffer named @var{buffer-name}, which is
first created if necessary, and put into Help mode.  (See the similar
form @code{with-temp-buffer-window} below.)  Finally, the buffer is
displayed in some window, but that window is not selected.

If the forms in @var{body} do not change the major mode in the output
buffer, so that it is still Help mode at the end of their execution,
then @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} makes this buffer read-only at
the end, and also scans it for function and variable names to make them
into clickable cross-references.  @xref{Docstring hyperlinks, , Tips for
Documentation Strings}, in particular the item on hyperlinks in
documentation strings, for more details.

The string @var{buffer-name} specifies the temporary buffer, which need
not already exist.  The argument must be a string, not a buffer.  The
buffer is erased initially (with no questions asked), and it is marked
as unmodified after @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} exits.

@code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} binds @code{standard-output} to the
temporary buffer, then it evaluates the forms in @var{body}.  Output
using the Lisp output functions within @var{body} goes by default to
that buffer (but screen display and messages in the echo area, although
they are ``output'' in the general sense of the word, are not affected).
@xref{Output Functions}.

Several hooks are available for customizing the behavior
of this construct; they are listed below.

The value of the last form in @var{body} is returned.

@example
@group
---------- Buffer: foo ----------
 This is the contents of foo.
---------- Buffer: foo ----------
@end group

@group
(with-output-to-temp-buffer "foo"
    (print 20)
    (print standard-output))
@result{} #<buffer foo>

---------- Buffer: foo ----------

20

#<buffer foo>

---------- Buffer: foo ----------
@end group
@end example
@end defmac

@defopt temp-buffer-show-function
If this variable is non-@code{nil}, @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer}
calls it as a function to do the job of displaying a help buffer.  The
function gets one argument, which is the buffer it should display.

It is a good idea for this function to run @code{temp-buffer-show-hook}
just as @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} normally would, inside of
@code{save-selected-window} and with the chosen window and buffer
selected.
@end defopt

@defvar temp-buffer-setup-hook
This normal hook is run by @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} before
evaluating @var{body}.  When the hook runs, the temporary buffer is
current.  This hook is normally set up with a function to put the
buffer in Help mode.
@end defvar

@defvar temp-buffer-show-hook
This normal hook is run by @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} after
displaying the temporary buffer.  When the hook runs, the temporary buffer
is current, and the window it was displayed in is selected.
@end defvar

@defmac with-temp-buffer-window buffer-or-name action quit-function body@dots{}
This macro is similar to @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer}.  Like that
construct, it executes @var{body} while arranging to insert any output
it prints into the buffer named @var{buffer-or-name} and displays that
buffer in some window.  Unlike @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer},
however, it does not automatically switch that buffer to Help mode.

The argument @var{buffer-or-name} specifies the temporary buffer.  It
can be either a buffer, which must already exist, or a string, in which
case a buffer of that name is created, if necessary.  The buffer is
marked as unmodified and read-only when @code{with-temp-buffer-window}
exits.

This macro does not call @code{temp-buffer-show-function}.  Rather, it
passes the @var{action} argument to @code{display-buffer}
(@pxref{Choosing Window}) in order to display the buffer.

The value of the last form in @var{body} is returned, unless the
argument @var{quit-function} is specified.  In that case, it is called
with two arguments: the window showing the buffer and the result of
@var{body}.  The final return value is then whatever @var{quit-function}
returns.

@vindex temp-buffer-window-setup-hook
@vindex temp-buffer-window-show-hook
This macro uses the normal hooks @code{temp-buffer-window-setup-hook}
and @code{temp-buffer-window-show-hook} in place of the analogous hooks
run by @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer}.
@end defmac

The two constructs described next are mostly identical to
@code{with-temp-buffer-window} but differ from it as specified:

@defmac with-current-buffer-window buffer-or-name action quit-function &rest body
This macro is like @code{with-temp-buffer-window} but unlike that makes
the buffer specified by @var{buffer-or-name} current for running
@var{body}.
@end defmac

A window showing a temporary buffer can be fitted to the size of that
buffer using the following mode:

@defopt temp-buffer-resize-mode
When this minor mode is enabled, windows showing a temporary buffer are
automatically resized to fit their buffer's contents.

A window is resized if and only if it has been specially created for the
buffer.  In particular, windows that have shown another buffer before
are not resized.  By default, this mode uses @code{fit-window-to-buffer}
(@pxref{Resizing Windows}) for resizing.  You can specify a different
function by customizing the options @code{temp-buffer-max-height} and
@code{temp-buffer-max-width} below.

The effect of this option can be overridden by providing a suitable
@code{window-height}, @code{window-width} or @code{window-size} action
alist entry for @code{display-buffer} (@pxref{Buffer Display Action
Alists}).
@end defopt

@defopt temp-buffer-max-height
This option specifies the maximum height (in lines) of a window
displaying a temporary buffer when @code{temp-buffer-resize-mode} is
enabled.  It can also be a function to be called to choose the height
for such a buffer.  It gets one argument, the buffer, and should return
a positive integer.  At the time the function is called, the window to
be resized is selected.
@end defopt

@defopt temp-buffer-max-width
This option specifies the maximum width of a window (in columns)
displaying a temporary buffer when @code{temp-buffer-resize-mode} is
enabled.  It can also be a function to be called to choose the width for
such a buffer.  It gets one argument, the buffer, and should return a
positive integer.  At the time the function is called, the window to be
resized is selected.
@end defopt

The following function uses the current buffer for temporary display:

@defun momentary-string-display string position &optional char message
This function momentarily displays @var{string} in the current buffer at
@var{position}.  It has no effect on the undo list or on the buffer's
modification status.

The momentary display remains until the next input event.  If the next
input event is @var{char}, @code{momentary-string-display} ignores it
and returns.  Otherwise, that event remains buffered for subsequent use
as input.  Thus, typing @var{char} will simply remove the string from
the display, while typing (say) @kbd{C-f} will remove the string from
the display and later (presumably) move point forward.  The argument
@var{char} is a space by default.

The return value of @code{momentary-string-display} is not meaningful.

If the string @var{string} does not contain control characters, you can
do the same job in a more general way by creating (and then subsequently
deleting) an overlay with a @code{before-string} property.
@xref{Overlay Properties}.

If @var{message} is non-@code{nil}, it is displayed in the echo area
while @var{string} is displayed in the buffer.  If it is @code{nil}, a
default message says to type @var{char} to continue.

In this example, point is initially located at the beginning of the
second line:

@example
@group
---------- Buffer: foo ----------
This is the contents of foo.
@point{}Second line.
---------- Buffer: foo ----------
@end group

@group
(momentary-string-display
  "**** Important Message! ****"
  (point) ?\r
  "Type RET when done reading")
@result{} t
@end group

@group
---------- Buffer: foo ----------
This is the contents of foo.
**** Important Message! ****Second line.
---------- Buffer: foo ----------

---------- Echo Area ----------
Type RET when done reading
---------- Echo Area ----------
@end group
@end example
@end defun

@node Overlays
@section Overlays
@cindex overlays
@c FIXME: mention intervals in this section?

You can use @dfn{overlays} to alter the appearance of a buffer's text on
the screen, for the sake of presentation features.  An overlay is an
object that belongs to a particular buffer, and has a specified
beginning and end.  It also has properties that you can examine and set;
these affect the display of the text within the overlaid portion of
the buffer.

Editing the text of the buffer adjusts the beginning and end of each
overlay so that it stays with the text.  When you create the overlay,
you can specify whether text inserted at the beginning should be
inside the overlay or outside, and likewise for the end of the overlay.

@menu
* Managing Overlays::   Creating and moving overlays.
* Overlay Properties::  How to read and set properties.
                          What properties do to the screen display.
* Finding Overlays::    Searching for overlays.
@end menu

@node Managing Overlays
@subsection Managing Overlays
@cindex managing overlays
@cindex overlays, managing

  This section describes the functions to create, delete and move
overlays, and to examine their contents.  Overlay changes are not
recorded in the buffer's undo list, since the overlays are not
considered part of the buffer's contents.

@defun overlayp object
This function returns @code{t} if @var{object} is an overlay.
@end defun

@defun make-overlay start end &optional buffer front-advance rear-advance
This function creates and returns an overlay that belongs to
@var{buffer} and ranges from @var{start} to @var{end}.  Both @var{start}
and @var{end} must specify buffer positions; they may be integers or
markers.  If @var{buffer} is omitted, the overlay is created in the
current buffer.

@cindex empty overlay
@cindex overlay, empty
An overlay whose @var{start} and @var{end} specify the same buffer
position is known as @dfn{empty}.  A non-empty overlay can become
empty if the text between its @var{start} and @var{end} is deleted.
When that happens, the overlay is by default not deleted, but you can
cause it to be deleted by giving it the @samp{evaporate} property
(@pxref{Overlay Properties, evaporate property}).

The arguments @var{front-advance} and @var{rear-advance} specify what
happens when text is inserted at the beginning (i.e., before
@var{start}) and at the end.  If they are both @code{nil}, the
default, then the overlay extends to include any text inserted at the
beginning, but not text inserted at the end.  If @var{front-advance}
is non-@code{nil}, text inserted at the beginning of the overlay is
excluded from the overlay.  If @var{rear-advance} is non-@code{nil},
text inserted at the end of the overlay is included in the overlay.
@end defun

@defun overlay-start overlay
This function returns the position at which @var{overlay} starts,
as an integer.
@end defun

@defun overlay-end overlay
This function returns the position at which @var{overlay} ends,
as an integer.
@end defun

@defun overlay-buffer overlay
This function returns the buffer that @var{overlay} belongs to.  It
returns @code{nil} if @var{overlay} has been deleted.
@end defun

@defun delete-overlay overlay
This function deletes the specified @var{overlay}.  The overlay
continues to exist as a Lisp object, and its property list is
unchanged, but it ceases to be attached to the buffer it belonged to,
and ceases to have any effect on display.

A deleted overlay is not permanently disconnected.  You can give it a
position in a buffer again by calling @code{move-overlay}.
@end defun

@defun move-overlay overlay start end &optional buffer
This function moves @var{overlay} to @var{buffer}, and places its
bounds at @var{start} and @var{end} in that buffer.  Both arguments
@var{start} and @var{end} must specify buffer positions; they may be
integers or markers.

If @var{buffer} is omitted, @var{overlay} stays in the same buffer it
was already associated with; if @var{overlay} was previously deleted
(and thus isn't associated with any buffer), it goes into the current
buffer.

The return value is @var{overlay}.

This function is the only valid way to change the endpoints of an
overlay.
@end defun

@defun remove-overlays &optional start end name value
This function clears the text in the region between @var{start} and
@var{end} of any overlays whose property named @var{name} has the
specified @var{value}, such that no such overlay will affect the text in
the region.  To do this, the function can remove overlays in the region,
or move their endpoints, or split them, or do some combination of these.
Specifically:

@itemize @bullet
@item
Overlays that start at or after @var{start} and end before @var{end}
will be removed completely.

@item
Overlays that start before @var{start} and end after @var{start}, but
before @var{end}, will be altered so that they end at @var{start}.

@item
Overlays that start at or after @var{start} and end after @var{end} will
be altered so that they start at @var{end}.

@item
Overlays that start before @var{start} and end after @var{end} will be
split into two overlays: one that ends at @var{start} and the other that
begins at @var{end}.
@end itemize

If @var{name} is omitted or @code{nil}, it means to delete/modify all
overlays that affect text in the specified region.  If @var{start}
and/or @var{end} are omitted or @code{nil}, they default to the
beginning and end of the buffer, respectively.  Therefore,
@code{(remove-overlays)} removes all the overlays in the current buffer.

Values of the named overlay property are compared using @code{eq}, which
is important if the values are anything but symbols or fixnums
(@pxref{Equality Predicates}).  It means the values passed to the
function must be the same values used to set the overlay property, not
their copies; objects which are different will not compare equal even if
they have identical contents.

The optional arguments @var{name} and @var{value} should either both be
passed and non-@code{nil}, or both omitted or @code{nil}.
@end defun

@defun copy-overlay overlay
This function returns a copy of @var{overlay}.  The copy has the same
endpoints and properties as @var{overlay}.  However, the text
insertion type for the start of the overlay and for the end of the
overlay are set to their default values.
@end defun

  Here are some examples:

@example
@group
;; @r{Create an overlay.}
(setq foo (make-overlay 1 10))
     @result{} #<overlay from 1 to 10 in display.texi>
@end group
@group
(overlay-start foo)
     @result{} 1
@end group
@group
(overlay-end foo)
     @result{} 10
(overlay-buffer foo)
     @result{} #<buffer display.texi>
;; @r{Give it a property we can check later.}
(overlay-put foo 'happy t)
     @result{} t
;; @r{Verify the property is present.}
(overlay-get foo 'happy)
     @result{} t
@end group
@group
;; @r{Move the overlay.}
(move-overlay foo 5 20)
     @result{} #<overlay from 5 to 20 in display.texi>
(overlay-start foo)
     @result{} 5
(overlay-end foo)
     @result{} 20
@end group
@group
;; @r{Delete the overlay.}
(delete-overlay foo)
     @result{} nil
;; @r{Verify it is deleted.}
foo
     @result{} #<overlay in no buffer>
;; @r{A deleted overlay has no position.}
(overlay-start foo)
     @result{} nil
(overlay-end foo)
     @result{} nil
(overlay-buffer foo)
     @result{} nil
@end group
@group
;; @r{Undelete the overlay.}
(move-overlay foo 1 20)
     @result{} #<overlay from 1 to 20 in display.texi>
;; @r{Verify the results.}
(overlay-start foo)
     @result{} 1
(overlay-end foo)
     @result{} 20
(overlay-buffer foo)
     @result{} #<buffer display.texi>
@end group
@group
;; @r{Moving and deleting the overlay does not change its properties.}
(overlay-get foo 'happy)
     @result{} t
@end group
@end example

@node Overlay Properties
@subsection Overlay Properties
@cindex overlay properties

  Overlay properties are like text properties in that the properties that
alter how a character is displayed can come from either source.  But in
most respects they are different.  @xref{Text Properties}, for comparison.

  Text properties are considered a part of the text; overlays and
their properties are specifically considered not to be part of the
text.  Thus, copying text between various buffers and strings
preserves text properties, but does not try to preserve overlays.
Changing a buffer's text properties marks the buffer as modified,
while moving an overlay or changing its properties does not.  Unlike
text property changes, overlay property changes are not recorded in
the buffer's undo list.

  Since more than one overlay can specify a property value for the
same character, Emacs lets you specify a priority value of each
overlay.  The priority value is used to decide which of the
overlapping overlays will ``win''.

  These functions read and set the properties of an overlay:

@defun overlay-get overlay prop
This function returns the value of property @var{prop} recorded in
@var{overlay}, if any.  If @var{overlay} does not record any value for
that property, but it does have a @code{category} property which is a
symbol, that symbol's @var{prop} property is used.  Otherwise, the value
is @code{nil}.
@end defun

@defun overlay-put overlay prop value
This function sets the value of property @var{prop} recorded in
@var{overlay} to @var{value}.  It returns @var{value}.
@end defun

@defun overlay-properties overlay
This returns a copy of the property list of @var{overlay}.
@end defun

  See also the function @code{get-char-property} which checks both
overlay properties and text properties for a given character.
@xref{Examining Properties}.

  Many overlay properties have special meanings; here is a table
of them:

@table @code
@kindex priority @r{(overlay property)}
@item priority
This property's value determines the priority of the overlay.  If you
want to specify a priority value, use either @code{nil} (or zero), or
a positive integer, or a cons of two values.  Any other value triggers
undefined behavior.

The priority matters when two or more overlays cover the same
character and both specify the same property with different values;
the one whose @code{priority} value is higher overrides the other.
(For the @code{face} property, the higher priority overlay's value
does not completely override the other value; instead, its individual
face attributes override the corresponding face attributes of the
@code{face} property whose priority is lower.)  If two overlays have
the same priority value, and one is ``nested'' in the other (i.e.,
covers fewer buffer or string positions), then the inner one will
prevail over the outer one.  If neither is nested in the other then
you should not make assumptions about which overlay will prevail.

When a Lisp program puts overlays with defined priorities on text that
might have overlays without priorities, this could cause undesirable
results, because any overlay with a positive priority value will
override all the overlays without a priority.  Since most Emacs
features that use overlays don't specify priorities for their
overlays, integer priorities should be used with care.  Instead of
using integer priorities and risk overriding other overlays, you can
use priority values of the form @w{@code{(@var{primary} . @var{secondary})}},
where the @var{primary} value is used as described above, and
@var{secondary} is the fallback value used when @var{primary} and the
nesting considerations fail to resolve the precedence between
overlays.  In particular, priority value @w{@code{(nil . @var{n})}},
with @var{n} a positive integer, enables you to have the overlays
ordered by priority when necessary without completely overriding other
overlays.

Currently, all overlays take priority over text properties.

If you need to put overlays in priority order, use the @var{sorted}
argument of @code{overlays-at}.  @xref{Finding Overlays}.

@kindex window @r{(overlay property)}
@item window
If the @code{window} property is non-@code{nil}, then the overlay
applies only on that window.

@kindex category @r{(overlay property)}
@item category
If an overlay has a @code{category} property, we call it the
@dfn{category} of the overlay.  It should be a symbol.  The properties
of the symbol serve as defaults for the properties of the overlay.

@kindex face @r{(overlay property)}
@item face
This property controls the appearance of the text (@pxref{Faces}).
The value of the property can be the following:

@itemize @bullet
@item
A face name (a symbol or string).

@item
An anonymous face: a property list of the form @code{(@var{keyword}
@var{value} @dots{})}, where each @var{keyword} is a face attribute
name and @var{value} is a value for that attribute.

@item
A list of faces.  Each list element should be either a face name or an
anonymous face.  This specifies a face which is an aggregate of the
attributes of each of the listed faces.  Faces occurring earlier in
the list have higher priority.

@item
A cons cell of the form @code{(foreground-color . @var{color-name})}
or @code{(background-color . @var{color-name})}.  This specifies the
foreground or background color, similar to @code{(:foreground
@var{color-name})} or @code{(:background @var{color-name})}.  This
form is supported for backward compatibility only, and should be
avoided.
@end itemize

@kindex mouse-face @r{(overlay property)}
@item mouse-face
This property is used instead of @code{face} when the mouse is within
the range of the overlay.  However, Emacs ignores all face attributes
from this property that alter the text size (e.g., @code{:height},
@code{:weight}, and @code{:slant}); those attributes are always the
same as in the unhighlighted text.

@kindex display @r{(overlay property)}
@item display
This property activates various features that change the
way text is displayed.  For example, it can make text appear taller
or shorter, higher or lower, wider or narrower, or replaced with an image.
@xref{Display Property}.  Note that, if the @code{display} property is a
@dfn{replacing} one (@pxref{Replacing Specs}), the @code{invisible}
property of the same overlay will be ignored.

@kindex help-echo @r{(overlay property)}
@item help-echo
If an overlay has a @code{help-echo} property, then when you move the
mouse onto the text in the overlay, Emacs displays a help string in
the echo area, or as a tooltip.  For details see @ref{Text help-echo}.

@kindex field @r{(overlay property)}
@item field
@c Copied from Special Properties.
Consecutive characters with the same @code{field} property constitute a
@emph{field}.  Some motion functions including @code{forward-word} and
@code{beginning-of-line} stop moving at a field boundary.
@xref{Fields}.

@kindex modification-hooks @r{(overlay property)}
@item modification-hooks
This property's value is a list of functions to be called if any
character within the overlay is changed or if text is inserted strictly
within the overlay.

The hook functions are called both before and after each change.
If the functions save the information they receive, and compare notes
between calls, they can determine exactly what change has been made
in the buffer text.

When called before a change, each function receives four arguments: the
overlay, @code{nil}, and the beginning and end of the text range to be
modified.

When called after a change, each function receives five arguments: the
overlay, @code{t}, the beginning and end of the text range just
modified, and the length of the pre-change text replaced by that range.
(For an insertion, the pre-change length is zero; for a deletion, that
length is the number of characters deleted, and the post-change
beginning and end are equal.)

When these functions are called, @code{inhibit-modification-hooks} is
bound to non-@code{nil}.  If the functions modify the buffer, you
might want to bind @code{inhibit-modification-hooks} to @code{nil}, so
as to cause the change hooks to run for these modifications.  However,
doing this may call your own change hook recursively, so be sure to
prepare for that.  @xref{Change Hooks}.

Text properties also support the @code{modification-hooks} property,
but the details are somewhat different (@pxref{Special Properties}).

@kindex insert-in-front-hooks @r{(overlay property)}
@item insert-in-front-hooks
This property's value is a list of functions to be called before and
after inserting text right at the beginning of the overlay.  The calling
conventions are the same as for the @code{modification-hooks} functions.

@kindex insert-behind-hooks @r{(overlay property)}
@item insert-behind-hooks
This property's value is a list of functions to be called before and
after inserting text right at the end of the overlay.  The calling
conventions are the same as for the @code{modification-hooks} functions.

@kindex invisible @r{(overlay property)}
@item invisible
The @code{invisible} property can make the text in the overlay
invisible, which means that it does not appear on the screen.  However,
if the text covered by the overlay has a @dfn{replacing} @code{display}
property, the @code{invisible} property will be ignored, because a
replacing @code{display} property skips the text without examining its
properties.  @xref{Invisible Text}, for details.

@kindex intangible @r{(overlay property)}
@item intangible
The @code{intangible} property on an overlay works just like the
@code{intangible} text property.  It is obsolete.  @xref{Special
Properties}, for details.

@item isearch-open-invisible
This property tells incremental search (@pxref{Incremental Search,,,
emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}) how to make an invisible overlay
visible, permanently, if the final match overlaps it.  @xref{Invisible
Text}.

@item isearch-open-invisible-temporary
This property tells incremental search how to make an invisible overlay
visible, temporarily, during the search.  @xref{Invisible Text}.

@kindex before-string @r{(overlay property)}
@item before-string
This property's value is a string to add to the display at the beginning
of the overlay.  The string does not appear in the buffer in any
sense---only on the screen.  Note that if the text at the beginning of
the overlay is made invisible, the string will not be displayed.

@kindex after-string @r{(overlay property)}
@item after-string
This property's value is a string to add to the display at the end of
the overlay.  The string does not appear in the buffer in any
sense---only on the screen.  Note that if the text at the end of the
overlay is made invisible, the string will not be displayed.

@item line-prefix
This property specifies a display spec to prepend to each
non-continuation line at display-time.  @xref{Truncation}.

@item wrap-prefix
This property specifies a display spec to prepend to each continuation
line at display-time.  @xref{Truncation}.

@kindex evaporate @r{(overlay property)}
@item evaporate
If this property is non-@code{nil}, the overlay is deleted automatically
if it becomes empty (i.e., if its length becomes zero).  If you give
an empty overlay (@pxref{Managing Overlays, empty overlay}) a
non-@code{nil} @code{evaporate} property, that deletes it immediately.
Note that, unless an overlay has this property, it will not be deleted
when the text between its starting and ending positions is deleted
from the buffer.

@kindex display-line-numbers-disable @r{(overlay property)}
@item display-line-numbers-disable
This property prevents display of line numbers (@pxref{Display Custom,
display-line-numbers,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}) for the text which
is within an overlay having this property.  One situation where using an
overlay with this property is useful is an empty overlay at
end-of-buffer, since otherwise there's no way of preventing the display
of the line number there.

@cindex keymap of character (and overlays)
@kindex keymap @r{(overlay property)}
@item keymap
If this property is non-@code{nil}, it specifies a keymap for a
portion of the text.  This keymap takes precedence over most other
keymaps (@pxref{Active Keymaps}), and it is used when point is within
the overlay, where the front-
and rear-advance properties define whether the boundaries are
considered as being @emph{within} or not.

@kindex local-map @r{(overlay property)}
@item local-map
The @code{local-map} property is similar to @code{keymap} but replaces the
buffer's local map rather than augmenting existing keymaps.  This also means it
has lower precedence than minor mode keymaps.
@end table

The @code{keymap} and @code{local-map} properties do not affect a
string displayed by the @code{before-string}, @code{after-string}, or
@code{display} properties.  This is only relevant for mouse clicks and
other mouse events that fall on the string, since point is never on
the string.  To bind special mouse events for the string, assign it a
@code{keymap} or @code{local-map} text property.  @xref{Special
Properties}.

@node Finding Overlays
@subsection Searching for Overlays
@cindex searching for overlays
@cindex overlays, searching for

@defun overlays-at pos &optional sorted
This function returns a list of all the overlays that cover the character at
position @var{pos} in the current buffer.  If @var{sorted} is non-@code{nil},
the list is in decreasing order of priority, otherwise it is in no particular
order.  An overlay contains position @var{pos} if it begins at or before
@var{pos}, and ends after @var{pos}.

To illustrate usage, here is a Lisp function that returns a list of the
overlays that specify property @var{prop} for the character at point:

@smallexample
(defun find-overlays-specifying (prop)
  (let ((overlays (overlays-at (point)))
        found)
    (while overlays
      (let ((overlay (car overlays)))
        (if (overlay-get overlay prop)
            (setq found (cons overlay found))))
      (setq overlays (cdr overlays)))
    found))
@end smallexample
@end defun

@defun overlays-in beg end
This function returns a list of the overlays that overlap the region
@var{beg} through @var{end}.  An overlay overlaps with a region if it
contains one or more characters in the region; empty overlays
(@pxref{Managing Overlays, empty overlay}) overlap if they are at
@var{beg}, strictly between @var{beg} and @var{end}, or at @var{end}
when @var{end} denotes the position at the end of the accessible part
of the buffer.
@end defun

@defun next-overlay-change pos
This function returns the buffer position of the next beginning or end
of an overlay, after @var{pos}.  If there is none, it returns
@code{(point-max)}.
@end defun

@defun previous-overlay-change pos
This function returns the buffer position of the previous beginning or
end of an overlay, before @var{pos}.  If there is none, it returns
@code{(point-min)}.
@end defun

  As an example, here's a simplified (and inefficient) version of the
primitive function @code{next-single-char-property-change}
(@pxref{Property Search}).  It searches forward from position
@var{pos} for the next position where the value of a given property
@code{prop}, as obtained from either overlays or text properties,
changes.

@smallexample
(defun next-single-char-property-change (position prop)
  (save-excursion
    (goto-char position)
    (let ((propval (get-char-property (point) prop)))
      (while (and (not (eobp))
                  (eq (get-char-property (point) prop) propval))
        (goto-char (min (next-overlay-change (point))
                        (next-single-property-change (point) prop)))))
    (point)))
@end smallexample

@node Size of Displayed Text
@section Size of Displayed Text
@cindex size of text on display
@cindex character width on display

Since not all characters have the same width, these functions let you
check the width of a character.  @xref{Primitive Indent}, and
@ref{Screen Lines}, for related functions.

@defun char-width char
This function returns the width in columns of the character
@var{char}, if it were displayed in the current buffer (i.e., taking
into account the buffer's display table, if any; @pxref{Display
Tables}).  The width of a tab character is usually @code{tab-width}
(@pxref{Usual Display}).
@end defun

@defun char-uppercase-p char
Return non-@code{nil} if @var{char} is an uppercase character
according to Unicode.
@end defun

@defun string-width string &optional from to
This function returns the width in columns of the string @var{string},
if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
Optional arguments @var{from} and @var{to} specify the substring of
@var{string} to consider, and are interpreted as in @code{substring}
(@pxref{Creating Strings}).

The return value is an approximation: it only considers the values
returned by @code{char-width} for the constituent characters, always
takes a tab character as taking @code{tab-width} columns, ignores
display properties and fonts, etc.  For these reasons, we recommend
using @code{window-text-pixel-size} or @code{string-pixel-width},
described below, instead.
@end defun

@defun truncate-string-to-width string width &optional start-column padding ellipsis ellipsis-text-property
This function returns a new string that is a truncation of @var{string}
which fits within @var{width} columns on display.

If @var{string} is narrower than @var{width}, the result is equal to
@var{string}; otherwise excess characters are omitted from the result.
If a multi-column character in @var{string} exceeds the goal
@var{width}, that character is omitted from the result.  Thus, the
result can sometimes fall short of @var{width}, but cannot go beyond
it.

The optional argument @var{start-column} specifies the starting
column; it defaults to zero.  If this is non-@code{nil}, then the
first @var{start-column} columns of the string are omitted from the
result.  If one multi-column character in @var{string} extends across
the column @var{start-column}, that character is omitted.

The optional argument @var{padding}, if non-@code{nil}, is a padding
character added at the beginning and end of the result string, to
extend it to exactly @var{width} columns.  The padding character is
appended at the end of the result if it falls short of @var{width}, as
many times as needed to reach @var{width}.  It is also prepended at
the beginning of the result if a multi-column character in
@var{string} extends across the column @var{start-column}.

If @var{ellipsis} is non-@code{nil}, it should be a string which will
replace the end of @var{string} when it is truncated.  In this case,
more characters will be removed from @var{string} to free enough space
for @var{ellipsis} to fit within @var{width} columns.  However, if
the display width of @var{string} is less than the display width of
@var{ellipsis}, @var{ellipsis} will not be appended to the result.  If
@var{ellipsis} is non-@code{nil} and not a string, it stands for the
value returned by the function @code{truncate-string-ellipsis},
described below.

The optional argument @var{ellipsis-text-property}, if non-@code{nil},
means hide the excess parts of @var{string} with a @code{display} text
property (@pxref{Display Property}) showing the ellipsis, instead of
actually truncating the string.

@example
@group
(truncate-string-to-width "\tab\t" 12 4)
     @result{} "ab"
(truncate-string-to-width "\tab\t" 12 4 ?\s)
     @result{} "    ab  "
@end group
@end example

This function uses @code{string-width} and @code{char-width} to find
the suitable truncation point when @var{string} is too wide, so it
suffers from the same basic issues as @code{string-width} does.  In
particular, when character composition happens within @var{string},
the display width of a string could be smaller than the sum of widths
of the constituent characters, and this function might return
inaccurate results.
@end defun

@defun truncate-string-ellipsis
This function returns the string to be used as an ellipses in
@code{truncate-string-to-width} and other similar contexts.  The value
is that of the variable @code{truncate-string-ellipsis}, if it's
non-@code{nil}, the string with the single character @sc{U+2026
HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS} if that character can be displayed on the
selected frame, and the string @samp{...} otherwise.
@end defun


The following function returns the size in pixels of text as if it were
displayed in a given window.  This function is used by
@code{fit-window-to-buffer} and @code{fit-frame-to-buffer}
(@pxref{Resizing Windows}) to make a window exactly as large as the text
it contains.

@defun window-text-pixel-size &optional window from to x-limit y-limit mode-lines ignore-line-at-end
This function returns the dimensions of the text of @var{window}'s buffer in
pixels.  @var{window} must be a live window and defaults to the
selected one.  The return value is a cons of the maximum pixel-width
of any text line and the maximum pixel-height of all text lines.  This
function exists to allow Lisp programs to adjust the dimensions of
@var{window} to the buffer text it needs to display, and for other
similar situations.

The return value can also optionally (see below) include the buffer
position of the first line whose dimensions were measured.

The optional argument @var{from}, if non-@code{nil}, specifies the
first text position to consider, and defaults to the minimum
accessible position of the buffer.  If @var{from} is @code{t}, it
stands for the minimum accessible position that is not a newline
character.  If @var{from} is a cons, its @code{car} specifies a buffer
position, and its @code{cdr} specifies the vertical offset in pixels
from that position to the first screen line whose text is to be
measured.  (The measurement will start from the visual beginning of
that screen line.)  In that case, the return value will instead be a
list of the pixel-width, pixel-height, and the buffer position of the
first line that was measured.  The optional argument @var{to}, if
non-@code{nil}, specifies the last text position to consider, and
defaults to the maximum accessible position of the buffer.  If
@var{to} is @code{t}, it stands for the maximum accessible position
that is not a newline character.

The optional argument @var{x-limit}, if non-@code{nil}, specifies the
maximum X coordinate beyond which text should be ignored; it is
therefore also the largest value of pixel-width that the function can
return.  If @var{x-limit} @code{nil} or omitted, it means to use the
pixel-width of @var{window}'s body (@pxref{Window Sizes}); this
default means that text of truncated lines wider than the window will
be ignored.  This default is useful when the caller does not intend to
change the width of @var{window}.  Otherwise, the caller should
specify here the maximum width @var{window}'s body may assume; in
particular, if truncated lines are expected and their text needs to be
accounted for, @var{x-limit} should be set to a large value.  Since
calculating the width of long lines can take some time, it's always a
good idea to make this argument as small as needed; in particular, if
the buffer might contain long lines that will be truncated anyway.

The optional argument @var{y-limit}, if non-@code{nil}, specifies the
maximum Y coordinate beyond which text is to be ignored; it is
therefore also the maximum pixel-height that the function can return.
If @var{y-limit} is @code{nil} or omitted, it means to consider all the
lines of text till the buffer position specified by @var{to}.  Since
calculating the pixel-height of a large buffer can take some time, it
makes sense to specify this argument; in particular, if the caller
does not know the size of the buffer.

The optional argument @var{mode-lines} @code{nil} or omitted means to
not include the height of the mode-, tab- or header-line of @var{window}
in the return value.  If it is either the symbol @code{mode-line},
@code{tab-line} or @code{header-line}, include only the height of that
line, if present, in the return value.  If it is @code{t}, include the
height of all of these lines, if present, in the return value.
@end defun

The optional argument @var{ignore-line-at-end} controls whether or
not to count the height of text in @var{to}'s screen line as part of
the returned pixel-height.  This is useful if your Lisp program is
only interested in the dimensions of text up to and excluding the
visual beginning of @var{to}'s screen line.

@code{window-text-pixel-size} treats the text displayed in a window as a
whole and does not care about the size of individual lines.  The
following function does.

@defun window-lines-pixel-dimensions &optional window first last body inverse left
This function calculates the pixel dimensions of each line displayed in
the specified @var{window}.  It does so by walking @var{window}'s
current glyph matrix---a matrix storing the glyph (@pxref{Glyphs}) of
each buffer character currently displayed in @var{window}.  If
successful, it returns a list of cons pairs representing the x- and
y-coordinates of the lower right corner of the last character of each
line.  Coordinates are measured in pixels from an origin (0, 0) at the
top-left corner of @var{window}.  @var{window} must be a live window and
defaults to the selected one.

If the optional argument @var{first} is an integer, it denotes the index
(starting with 0) of the first line of @var{window}'s glyph matrix to be
returned.  Note that if @var{window} has a header line, the line with
index 0 is that header line.  If @var{first} is @code{nil}, the first line to
be considered is determined by the value of the optional argument
@var{body}: If @var{body} is non-@code{nil}, this means to start with
the first line of @var{window}'s body, skipping any header line, if
present.  Otherwise, this function will start with the first line of
@var{window}'s glyph matrix, possibly the header line.

If the optional argument @var{last} is an integer, it denotes the index
of the last line of @var{window}'s glyph matrix that shall be returned.
If @var{last} is @code{nil}, the last line to be considered is determined by
the value of @var{body}: If @var{body} is non-@code{nil}, this means to
use the last line of @var{window}'s body, omitting @var{window}'s mode
line, if present.  Otherwise, this means to use the last line of
@var{window} which may be the mode line.

The optional argument @var{inverse}, if @code{nil}, means that the
y-pixel value returned for any line specifies the distance in pixels
from the left edge (body edge if @var{body} is non-@code{nil}) of
@var{window} to the right edge of the last glyph of that line.
@var{inverse} non-@code{nil} means that the y-pixel value returned for
any line specifies the distance in pixels from the right edge of the
last glyph of that line to the right edge (body edge if @var{body} is
non-@code{nil}) of @var{window}.  This is useful for determining the
amount of slack space at the end of each line.

The optional argument @var{left}, if non-@code{nil} means to return the
x- and y-coordinates of the lower left corner of the leftmost character
on each line.  This is the value that should be used for windows that
mostly display text from right to left.

If @var{left} is non-@code{nil} and @var{inverse} is @code{nil}, this
means that the y-pixel value returned for any line specifies the
distance in pixels from the left edge of the last (leftmost) glyph of
that line to the right edge (body edge if @var{body} is non-@code{nil})
of @var{window}.  If @var{left} and @var{inverse} are both
non-@code{nil}, the y-pixel value returned for any line specifies the
distance in pixels from the left edge (body edge if @var{body} is
non-@code{nil}) of @var{window} to the left edge of the last (leftmost)
glyph of that line.

This function returns @code{nil} if the current glyph matrix of
@var{window} is not up-to-date which usually happens when Emacs is busy,
for example, when processing a command.  The value should be retrievable
though when this function is run from an idle timer with a delay of zero
seconds.
@end defun

@defun buffer-text-pixel-size &optional buffer-or-name window x-limit y-limit
This is much like @code{window-text-pixel-size}, but can be used when
the buffer isn't shown in a window.  (@code{window-text-pixel-size} is
faster when it is, so this function shouldn't be used in that case.)

@var{buffer-or-name} must specify a live buffer or the name of a live
buffer and defaults to the current buffer.  @var{window} must be a
live window and defaults to the selected one; the function will
compute the text dimensions as if @var{buffer} is displayed in
@var{window}.  The return value is a cons of the maximum pixel-width
of any text line and the pixel-height of all the text lines of the
accessible portion of the buffer specified by @var{buffer-or-name}.

The optional arguments @var{x-limit} and @var{y-limit} have the same
meaning as with @code{window-text-pixel-size}.

If you want to measure dimensions of some part of the buffer text,
narrow the buffer to that part before calling this function
(@pxref{Narrowing}).
@end defun

@defun string-pixel-width string &optional buffer
This is a convenience function that uses @code{window-text-pixel-size}
to compute the width of @var{string} (in pixels).  Caveat: if you call
this function to measure the width of a string with embedded newlines,
it will then return the width of the widest substring that does not
include newlines.  The meaning of this result is the widest line taken
by the string if inserted into a buffer.  If @var{buffer} is
non-@code{nil}, use any face remappings (@pxref{Face Remapping}) from
that buffer when computing the width of @var{string}.
@end defun

@defun line-pixel-height
This function returns the height in pixels of the line at point in the
selected window.  The value includes the line spacing of the line
(@pxref{Line Height}).
@end defun

@cindex grapheme cluster
@defun string-glyph-split string
When character compositions are in effect, sequence of characters can
be composed for display to form @dfn{grapheme clusters}, for example
to display accented characters, or ligatures, or Emoji, or when
complex text shaping requires that for some scripts.  When that
happens, characters no longer map in a simple way to display columns,
and display layout decisions with such strings, such as truncating too
wide strings, can be a complex job.  This function helps in performing
such jobs: it splits up its argument @var{string} into a list of
substrings, where each substring produces a single grapheme cluster
that should be displayed as a unit.  Lisp programs can then use this
list to construct visually-valid substrings of @var{string} which will
look correctly on display, or compute the width of any substring of
@var{string} by adding the width of its constituents in the returned
list, etc.

For instance, if you want to display a string without the first glyph,
you can say:

@example
(apply #'insert (cdr (string-glyph-split string))))
@end example

Caveat: for this function to recognize and process character
compositions, @code{auto-composition-mode} must be enabled, and the
current buffer must be displayed in some window.
@end defun

When a buffer is displayed with line numbers (@pxref{Display Custom,,,
emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}), it is sometimes useful to know the
width taken for displaying the line numbers.  The following function
is for Lisp programs which need this information for layout
calculations.

@defun line-number-display-width &optional pixelwise
This function returns the width used for displaying the line numbers
in the selected window.  If the optional argument @var{pixelwise} is
the symbol @code{columns}, the return value is a float number of the
frame's canonical columns; if @var{pixelwise} is @code{t} or any other
non-@code{nil} value, the value is an integer and is measured in
pixels.  If @var{pixelwise} is omitted or @code{nil}, the value is the
integer number of columns of the font defined for the
@code{line-number} face, and doesn't include the 2 columns used to pad
the numbers on display.  If line numbers are not displayed in the
selected window, the value is zero regardless of the value of
@var{pixelwise}.  Use @code{with-selected-window} (@pxref{Selecting
Windows}) if you need this information about another window.
@end defun


@node Line Height
@section Line Height
@cindex line height
@cindex height of a line

  The total height of each display line consists of the height of the
contents of the line, plus optional additional vertical line spacing
above or below the display line.

  The height of the line contents is the maximum height of any character
or image on that display line, including the final newline if there is
one.  (A display line that is continued doesn't include a final
newline.)  That is the default line height, if you do nothing to specify
a greater height.  (In the most common case, this equals the height of
the corresponding frame's default font, see @ref{Frame Font}.)

  There are several ways to explicitly specify a larger line height,
either by specifying an absolute height for the display line, or by
specifying vertical space.  However, no matter what you specify, the
actual line height can never be less than the default.

@kindex line-height @r{(text property)}
  A newline can have a @code{line-height} text or overlay property
that controls the total height of the display line ending in that
newline.  The property value can be one of several forms:

@table @code
@item t
If the property value is @code{t}, the newline character has no
effect on the displayed height of the line---the visible contents
alone determine the height.  The @code{line-spacing} property of the
newline, described below, is also ignored in this case.  This is
useful for tiling small images (or image slices) without adding blank
areas between the images.

@item (@var{height} @var{total})
If the property value is a list of the form shown, that adds extra
space @emph{below} the display line.  First Emacs uses @var{height} as
a height spec to control extra space @emph{above} the line; then it
adds enough space @emph{below} the line to bring the total line height
up to @var{total}.  In this case, any value of @code{line-spacing}
property for the newline is ignored.
@end table

@cindex height spec
  Any other kind of property value is a height spec, which translates
into a number---the specified line height.  There are several ways to
write a height spec; here's how each of them translates into a number:

@table @code
@item @var{integer}
If the height spec is a positive integer, the height value is that integer.
@item @var{float}
If the height spec is a float, @var{float}, the numeric height value
is @var{float} times the frame's default line height.
@item (@var{face} . @var{ratio})
If the height spec is a cons of the format shown, the numeric height
is @var{ratio} times the height of face @var{face}.  @var{ratio} can
be any type of number, or @code{nil} which means a ratio of 1.
If @var{face} is @code{t}, it refers to the current face.
@item (nil . @var{ratio})
If the height spec is a cons of the format shown, the numeric height
is @var{ratio} times the height of the contents of the line.
@end table

  Thus, any valid height spec determines the height in pixels, one way
or another.  If the line contents' height is less than that, Emacs
adds extra vertical space above the line to achieve the specified
total height.

  If you don't specify the @code{line-height} property, the line's
height consists of the contents' height plus the line spacing.
There are several ways to specify the line spacing for different
parts of Emacs text.

  On graphical terminals, you can specify the line spacing for all
lines in a frame, using the @code{line-spacing} frame parameter
(@pxref{Layout Parameters}).  However, if the default value of
@code{line-spacing} is non-@code{nil}, it overrides the
frame's @code{line-spacing} parameter.  An integer specifies the
number of pixels put below lines.  A floating-point number specifies
the spacing relative to the frame's default line height.

@vindex line-spacing
  You can specify the line spacing for all lines in a buffer via the
buffer-local @code{line-spacing} variable.  An integer specifies
the number of pixels put below lines.  A floating-point number
specifies the spacing relative to the default frame line height.  This
overrides line spacings specified for the frame.

@kindex line-spacing @r{(text property)}
  Finally, a newline can have a @code{line-spacing} text or overlay
property that can enlarge the default frame line spacing and the
buffer local @code{line-spacing} variable: if its value is larger than
the buffer or frame defaults, that larger value is used instead, for
the display line ending in that newline (unless the newline also has
the @code{line-height} property whose value is one of the special
values which cause @code{line-spacing} to be ignored, see above).

  One way or another, these mechanisms specify a Lisp value for the
spacing of each line.  The value is a height spec, and it translates
into a Lisp value as described above.  However, in this case the
numeric height value specifies the line spacing, rather than the line
height.

  On text terminals, the line spacing cannot be altered.

@node Faces
@section Faces
@cindex faces

  A @dfn{face} is a collection of graphical attributes for displaying
text: font, foreground color, background color, optional underlining,
etc.  Faces control how Emacs displays text in buffers, as well as
other parts of the frame such as the mode line.

@cindex anonymous face
  One way to represent a face is as a property list of attributes,
like @code{(:foreground "red" :weight bold)}.  Such a list is called
an @dfn{anonymous face}.  For example, you can assign an anonymous
face as the value of the @code{face} text property, and Emacs will
display the underlying text with the specified attributes.
@xref{Special Properties}.

@cindex face name
  More commonly, a face is referred to via a @dfn{face name}: a Lisp
symbol associated with a set of face attributes@footnote{For backward
compatibility, you can also use a string to specify a face name; that
is equivalent to a Lisp symbol with the same name.}.  Named faces are
defined using the @code{defface} macro (@pxref{Defining Faces}).
Emacs comes with several standard named faces (@pxref{Basic Faces}).

  Some parts of Emacs require named faces (e.g., the functions
documented in @ref{Attribute Functions}).  Unless otherwise stated, we
will use the term @dfn{face} to refer only to named faces.

@defun facep object
This function returns a non-@code{nil} value if @var{object} is a
named face: a Lisp symbol or string which serves as a face name.
Otherwise, it returns @code{nil}.
@end defun

@menu
* Face Attributes::     What is in a face?
* Defining Faces::      How to define a face.
* Attribute Functions::  Functions to examine and set face attributes.
* Displaying Faces::     How Emacs combines the faces specified for a character.
* Face Remapping::      Remapping faces to alternative definitions.
* Face Functions::      How to define and examine faces.
* Auto Faces::          Hook for automatic face assignment.
* Basic Faces::         Faces that are defined by default.
* Font Selection::      Finding the best available font for a face.
* Font Lookup::         Looking up the names of available fonts
                          and information about them.
* Fontsets::            A fontset is a collection of fonts
                          that handle a range of character sets.
* Low-Level Font::      Lisp representation for character display fonts.
@end menu

@node Face Attributes
@subsection Face Attributes
@cindex face attributes

  @dfn{Face attributes} determine the visual appearance of a face.
The following table lists all the face attributes, their possible
values, and their effects.

@cindex unspecified, face attribute value
  Apart from the values given below, each face attribute can have the
value @code{unspecified}.  This special value means that the face
doesn't specify that attribute directly.  An @code{unspecified}
attribute tells Emacs to refer instead to a parent face (see the
description @code{:inherit} attribute below); or, failing that, to an
underlying face (@pxref{Displaying Faces}).  (However,
@code{unspecified} is not a valid value in @code{defface}.)

@cindex reset, face attribute value
  A face attribute can also have the value @code{reset}.  This special
value stands for the value of the corresponding attribute of the
@code{default} face.

  The @code{default} face must explicitly specify all attributes, and
cannot use the special value @code{reset}.

  Some of these attributes are meaningful only on certain kinds of
displays.  If your display cannot handle a certain attribute, the
attribute is ignored.

@table @code
@item :family
Font family name (a string).  @xref{Fonts,,, emacs, The GNU
Emacs Manual}, for more information about font families.  The function
@code{font-family-list} (see below) returns a list of available family
names.

@item :foundry
The name of the @dfn{font foundry} for the font family specified by
the @code{:family} attribute (a string).  @xref{Fonts,,, emacs, The
GNU Emacs Manual}.

@item :width
Relative character width.  This should be one of the symbols
@code{ultra-condensed}, @code{extra-condensed}, @code{condensed},
@code{semi-condensed}, @code{normal}, @code{regular}, @code{medium},
@code{semi-expanded}, @code{expanded}, @code{extra-expanded}, or
@code{ultra-expanded}.

@item :height
The height of the font.  In the simplest case, this is an integer in
units of 1/10 point.

The value can also be floating point or a function, which
specifies the height relative to an @dfn{underlying face}
(@pxref{Displaying Faces}).  A floating-point value
specifies the amount by which to scale the height of the
underlying face.  A function value is called
with one argument, the height of the underlying face, and returns the
height of the new face.  If the function is passed an integer
argument, it must return an integer.

The height of the default face must be specified using an integer;
floating point and function values are not allowed.

@item :weight
Font weight---one of the symbols (from densest to faintest)
@code{ultra-bold}, @code{extra-bold}, @code{bold}, @code{semi-bold},
@code{normal}, @code{semi-light}, @code{light}, @code{extra-light}, or
@code{ultra-light}.  On text terminals which support
variable-brightness text, any weight greater than normal is displayed
as extra bright, and any weight less than normal is displayed as
half-bright.

@cindex italic text
@item :slant
Font slant---one of the symbols @code{italic}, @code{oblique},
@code{normal}, @code{reverse-italic}, or @code{reverse-oblique}.  On
text terminals that support variable-brightness text, slanted text is
displayed as half-bright.

@item :foreground
Foreground color, a string.  The value can be a system-defined color
name, or a hexadecimal color specification.  @xref{Color Names}.  On
black-and-white displays, certain shades of gray are implemented by
stipple patterns.

@item :distant-foreground
Alternative foreground color, a string.  This is like @code{:foreground}
but the color is only used as a foreground when the background color is
near to the foreground that would have been used.  This is useful for
example when marking text (i.e., the region face).  If the text has a foreground
that is visible with the region face, that foreground is used.
If the foreground is near the region face background,
@code{:distant-foreground} is used instead so the text is readable.

@item :background
Background color, a string.  The value can be a system-defined color
name, or a hexadecimal color specification.  @xref{Color Names}.

@cindex underlined text
@item :underline
Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what
way.  The possible values of the @code{:underline} attribute are:

@table @asis
@item @code{nil}
Don't underline.

@item @code{t}
Underline with the foreground color of the face.

@item @var{color}
Underline in color @var{color}, a string specifying a color.

@item @code{(:color @var{color} :style @var{style} :position @var{position})}
@var{color} is either a string, or the symbol @code{foreground-color},
meaning the foreground color of the face.  Omitting the attribute
@code{:color} means to use the foreground color of the face.
@var{style} is a symbol which sets the line-style to of the underline.
It should be one of @code{line}, @code{double-line}, @code{wave},
@code{dots}, or @code{dashes}.  GUI frames under most window systems
support all the aforementioned underline styles, while on text terminals
@code{double-line}, @code{wave} and @code{dots} are contingent on the
availability of the @code{Smulx} or @code{Su} terminfo capabilities.
Omitting the attribute @code{:style} means to use a straight line.
@var{position}, if non-@code{nil}, means to display the underline at the
descent of the text, instead of at the baseline level.  If it is a
number, then it specifies the amount of pixels above the descent to
display the underline.
@end table

@cindex overlined text
@item :overline
Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color.
If the value is @code{t}, overlining uses the foreground color of the
face.  If the value is a string, overlining uses that color.  The
value @code{nil} means do not overline.

@cindex strike-through text
@item :strike-through
Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what
color.  The value is used like that of @code{:overline}.

@cindex 2D box
@cindex 3D box
@item :box
Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its color, the
width of the box lines, and 3D appearance.  Here are the possible
values of the @code{:box} attribute, and what they mean:

@table @asis
@item @code{nil}
Don't draw a box.

@item @code{t}
Draw a box with lines of width 1, in the foreground color.

@item @var{color}
Draw a box with lines of width 1, in color @var{color}.

@item @code{(:line-width (@var{vwidth} . @var{hwidth}) :color @var{color} :style @var{style})}
You can explicitly specify all aspects of the box with a plist of this
form.  Any element in this plist can be omitted.

The values of @var{vwidth} and @var{hwidth} specify respectively the
width of the vertical and horizontal lines to draw; they default to (1
. 1).  A negative horizontal or vertical width @minus{}@var{n} means
to draw a line of width @var{n} that occupies the space of the
underlying text, thus avoiding any increase in the character height or
width.  For simplification the width could be specified with only a
single number @var{n} instead of a list, such case is equivalent to
@code{((abs @var{n}) . @var{n})}.

The value of @var{color} specifies the color to draw with.  The default
is the background color of the face for 3D boxes and
@code{flat-button}, and the foreground color of the face for other
boxes.

The value of @var{style} specifies whether to draw a 3D box.  If it is
@code{released-button}, the box looks like a 3D button that is not
being pressed.  If it is @code{pressed-button}, the box looks like a
3D button that is being pressed.  If it is @code{nil},
@code{flat-button} or omitted, a plain 2D box is used.
@end table

If you use the @code{:box} face attribute on strings displayed instead
of buffer text via the @code{display} text property, special
considerations might apply if the surrounding buffer text also has the
@code{:box} face attribute.  @xref{Replacing Specs}.  Also note that the
vertical lines of the box are only drawn when @code{:box} attribute
changes from @code{nil} to non-@code{nil} or vice versa; two consecutive
face properties with a non-@code{nil} @code{:box} attribute will be
displayed without the vertical line between them.

@item :inverse-video
Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video.  The
value should be @code{t} (yes) or @code{nil} (no).

@item :stipple
The background stipple, a bitmap.

The value can be a string; that should be the name of a file containing
external-format X bitmap data.  The file is found in the directories
listed in the variable @code{x-bitmap-file-path}.

Alternatively, the value can specify the bitmap directly, with a list
of the form @code{(@var{width} @var{height} @var{data})}.  Here,
@var{width} and @var{height} specify the size in pixels, and
@var{data} is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap, row by
row.  Each row occupies @math{(@var{width} + 7) / 8} consecutive bytes
in the string (which should be a unibyte string for best results).
This means that each row always occupies at least one whole byte.

If the value is @code{nil}, that means use no stipple pattern.

Normally you do not need to set the stipple attribute, because it is
used automatically to handle certain shades of gray.

@item :font
The font used to display the face.  Its value should be a font object
or a fontset.  If it is a font object, it specifies the font to be
used by the face for displaying ASCII characters.  @xref{Low-Level
Font}, for information about font objects, font specs, and font
entities.  @xref{Fontsets}, for information about fontsets.

@anchor{face-font-attribute}
When specifying this attribute using @code{set-face-attribute} or
@code{set-face-font} (@pxref{Attribute Functions}), you may also
supply a font spec, a font entity, or a string.  Emacs converts such
values to an appropriate font object, and stores that font object as
the actual attribute value.  If you specify a string, the contents of
the string should be a font name (@pxref{Fonts,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs
Manual}); if the font name is an XLFD containing wildcards, Emacs
chooses the first font matching those wildcards.  Specifying this
attribute also changes the values of the @code{:family},
@code{:foundry}, @code{:width}, @code{:height}, @code{:weight}, and
@code{:slant} attributes.

@cindex inheritance, for faces
@item :inherit
The name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list of face
names.  Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face like
an underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying
faces (@pxref{Displaying Faces}).  If the face to inherit from is
@code{unspecified}, it is treated the same as @code{nil}, since Emacs
never merges @code{:inherit} attributes.  If a list of faces is used,
attributes from faces earlier in the list override those from later
faces.

@item :extend
Whether or not this face will be extended beyond end of line and will
affect the display of the empty space between the end of line and the
edge of the window.  The value should be @code{t} to display the empty
space between end of line and edge of the window using this face, or
@code{nil} to not use this face for the space between the end of the
line and the edge of the window.  When Emacs merges several faces for
displaying the empty space beyond end of line, only those faces with
@code{:extend} non-@code{nil} will be merged.  By default, only a
small number of faces, notably, @code{region}, have this attribute
set.  This attribute is different from the others in that when a theme
doesn't specify an explicit value for a face, the value from the
original face definition by @code{defface} is inherited
(@pxref{Defining Faces}).

Some modes, like @code{hl-line-mode}, use a face with an
@code{:extend} property to mark the entire current line.  Note,
however, that Emacs will always allow you to move point after the
final character in a buffer, and if the buffer ends with a newline
character, point can be placed on what is seemingly a line at the end
of the buffer---but Emacs can't highlight that ``line'', because it
doesn't really exist.
@end table

@defun font-family-list &optional frame
This function returns a list of available font family names.  The
optional argument @var{frame} specifies the frame on which the text is
to be displayed; if it is @code{nil}, the selected frame is used.
@end defun

@defopt underline-minimum-offset
This variable specifies the minimum distance between the baseline and
the underline, in pixels, when displaying underlined text.
@end defopt

@defopt x-bitmap-file-path
This variable specifies a list of directories for searching
for bitmap files, for the @code{:stipple} attribute.
@end defopt

@defun bitmap-spec-p object
This returns @code{t} if @var{object} is a valid bitmap specification,
suitable for use with @code{:stipple} (see above).  It returns
@code{nil} otherwise.
@end defun

@node Defining Faces
@subsection Defining Faces
@cindex defining faces

@cindex face spec
  The usual way to define a face is through the @code{defface} macro.
This macro associates a face name (a symbol) with a default @dfn{face
spec}.  A face spec is a construct which specifies what attributes a
face should have on any given terminal; for example, a face spec might
specify one foreground color on high-color terminals, and a different
foreground color on low-color terminals.

  People are sometimes tempted to create a variable whose value is a
face name.  In the vast majority of cases, this is not necessary; the
usual procedure is to define a face with @code{defface}, and then use
its name directly.

@cindex face (non-removability of)
Note that once you have defined a face (usually with @code{defface}),
you cannot later undefine this face safely, except by restarting
Emacs.

@defmac defface face spec doc [keyword value]@dots{}
This macro declares @var{face} as a named face whose default face spec
is given by @var{spec}.  You should not quote the symbol @var{face},
and it should not end in @samp{-face} (that would be redundant).  The
argument @var{doc} is a documentation string for the face.  The
additional @var{keyword} arguments have the same meanings as in
@code{defgroup} and @code{defcustom} (@pxref{Common Keywords}).

If @var{face} already has a default face spec, this macro does
nothing.

The default face spec determines @var{face}'s appearance when no
customizations are in effect (@pxref{Customization}).  If @var{face}
has already been customized (via Custom themes or via customizations
read from the init file), its appearance is determined by the custom
face spec(s), which override the default face spec @var{spec}.
However, if the customizations are subsequently removed, the
appearance of @var{face} will again be determined by its default face
spec.

@cindex @code{eval-defun}, and @code{defface} forms
@cindex @code{eval-last-sexp}, and @code{defface} forms
As an exception, if you evaluate a @code{defface} form with
@kbd{C-M-x} (@code{eval-defun}) or with @kbd{C-x C-e}
(@code{eval-last-sexp}) in Emacs Lisp mode, a special feature of these
commands overrides any custom face specs on the face, causing the face
to reflect exactly what the @code{defface} says.

The @var{spec} argument is a @dfn{face spec}, which states how the
face should appear on different kinds of terminals.  It should be an
alist whose elements each have the form

@example
(@var{display} . @var{plist})
@end example

@noindent
@var{display} specifies a class of terminals (see below).  @var{plist}
is a property list of face attributes and their values, specifying how
the face appears on such terminals.  For backward compatibility, you
can also write an element as @code{(@var{display} @var{plist})}.

The @var{display} part of an element of @var{spec} determines which
terminals the element matches.  If more than one element of @var{spec}
matches a given terminal, the first element that matches is the one
used for that terminal.  There are three possibilities for
@var{display}:

@table @asis
@item @code{default}
This element of @var{spec} doesn't match any terminal; instead, it
specifies defaults that apply to all terminals.  This element, if
used, must be the first element of @var{spec}.  Each of the following
elements can override any or all of these defaults.

@item @code{t}
This element of @var{spec} matches all terminals.  Therefore, any
subsequent elements of @var{spec} are never used.  Normally @code{t}
is used in the last (or only) element of @var{spec}.

@item a list
If @var{display} is a list, each element should have the form
@code{(@var{characteristic} @var{value}@dots{})}.  Here
@var{characteristic} specifies a way of classifying terminals, and the
@var{value}s are possible classifications which @var{display} should
apply to.  Here are the possible values of @var{characteristic}:

@table @code
@item type
The kind of window system the terminal uses---either @code{graphic}
(any graphics-capable display), @code{x}, @code{pc} (for the MS-DOS
console), @code{w32} (for MS Windows 9X/NT/2K/XP), @code{haiku} (for
Haiku), @code{pgtk} (for pure GTK), @code{android} (for Android), or
@code{tty} (a non-graphics-capable display).  @xref{Window Systems,
window-system}.

@item class
What kinds of colors the terminal supports---either @code{color},
@code{grayscale}, or @code{mono}.

@item background
The kind of background---either @code{light} or @code{dark}.

@item min-colors
An integer that represents the minimum number of colors the terminal
should support.  This matches a terminal if its
@code{display-color-cells} value is at least the specified integer.

@item supports
Whether or not the terminal can display the face attributes given in
@var{value}@dots{} (@pxref{Face Attributes}).  @xref{Display Face
Attribute Testing}, for more information on exactly how this testing
is done.
@end table

If an element of @var{display} specifies more than one @var{value} for
a given @var{characteristic}, any of those values is acceptable.  If
@var{display} has more than one element, each element should specify a
different @var{characteristic}; then @emph{each} characteristic of the
terminal must match one of the @var{value}s specified for it in
@var{display}.
@end table
@end defmac

  For example, here's the definition of the standard face
@code{highlight}:

@example
(defface highlight
  '((((class color) (min-colors 88) (background light))
     :background "darkseagreen2")
    (((class color) (min-colors 88) (background dark))
     :background "darkolivegreen")
    (((class color) (min-colors 16) (background light))
     :background "darkseagreen2")
    (((class color) (min-colors 16) (background dark))
     :background "darkolivegreen")
    (((class color) (min-colors 8))
     :background "green" :foreground "black")
    (t :inverse-video t))
  "Basic face for highlighting."
  :group 'basic-faces)
@end example

@kindex face-defface-spec @r{(face symbol property)}
@kindex saved-face @r{(face symbol property)}
@kindex customized-face @r{(face symbol property)}
@kindex theme-face @r{(face symbol property)}
@kindex face-documentation @r{(face symbol property)}
  Internally, Emacs stores each face's default spec in its
@code{face-defface-spec} symbol property (@pxref{Symbol Properties}).
The @code{saved-face} property stores any face spec saved by the user
using the customization buffer; the @code{customized-face} property
stores the face spec customized for the current session, but not
saved; and the @code{theme-face} property stores an alist associating
the active customization settings and Custom themes with the face
specs for that face.  The face's documentation string is stored in the
@code{face-documentation} property.

  Normally, a face is declared just once, using @code{defface}, and
any further changes to its appearance are applied using the Customize
framework (e.g., via the Customize user interface or via the
@code{custom-set-faces} function; @pxref{Applying Customizations}), or
by face remapping (@pxref{Face Remapping}).  In the rare event that
you need to change a face spec directly from Lisp, you can use the
@code{face-spec-set} function.

@defun face-spec-set face spec &optional spec-type
This function applies @var{spec} as a face spec for @code{face}.
@var{spec} should be a face spec, as described in the above
documentation for @code{defface}.

This function also defines @var{face} as a valid face name if it is
not already one, and (re)calculates its attributes on existing frames.

@cindex override spec @r{(for a face)}
The optional argument @var{spec-type} determines which spec to set.
If it is omitted or @code{nil} or @code{face-override-spec}, this
function sets the @dfn{override spec}, which overrides face specs on
@var{face} of all the other types mentioned below.  This is useful
when calling this function outside of Custom code.  If @var{spec-type}
is @code{customized-face} or @code{saved-face}, this function sets the
customized spec or the saved custom spec, respectively.  If it is
@code{face-defface-spec}, this function sets the default face spec
(the same one set by @code{defface}).  If it is @code{reset}, this
function clears out all customization specs and override specs from
@var{face} (in this case, the value of @var{spec} is ignored).  The
effect of any other value of @var{spec-type} on the face specs is
reserved for internal use, but the function will still define
@var{face} itself and recalculate its attributes, as described above.
@end defun

@node Attribute Functions
@subsection Face Attribute Functions
@cindex face attributes, access and modification

  This section describes functions for directly accessing and
modifying the attributes of a named face.

@defun face-attribute face attribute &optional frame inherit
This function returns the value of the @var{attribute} attribute for
@var{face} on @var{frame}.  @xref{Face Attributes}, for the supported
attributes.

If @var{frame} is omitted or @code{nil}, that means the selected frame
(@pxref{Input Focus}).  If @var{frame} is @code{t}, this function
returns the value of the specified attribute for newly-created frames,
i.e.@: the value of the attribute before applying the face spec in the
face's @code{defface} definition (@pxref{Defining Faces}) or the spec
set by @code{face-spec-set}.  This default value of @var{attribute} is
normally @code{unspecified}, unless you have specified some other
value using @code{set-face-attribute}; see below.

If @var{inherit} is @code{nil}, only attributes directly defined by
@var{face} are considered, so the return value may be
@code{unspecified}, or a relative value.  If @var{inherit} is
non-@code{nil}, @var{face}'s definition of @var{attribute} is merged
with the faces specified by its @code{:inherit} attribute; however the
return value may still be @code{unspecified} or relative.  If
@var{inherit} is a face or a list of faces, then the result is further
merged with that face (or faces), until it becomes specified and
absolute.

To ensure that the return value is always specified and absolute, use
a value of @code{default} for @var{inherit}; this will resolve any
unspecified or relative values by merging with the @code{default} face
(which is always completely specified).

For example,

@example
(face-attribute 'bold :weight)
     @result{} bold
@end example
@end defun

@c FIXME: Add an index for "relative face attribute", maybe here?  --xfq
@defun face-attribute-relative-p attribute value
This function returns non-@code{nil} if @var{value}, when used as the
value of the face attribute @var{attribute}, is relative.  This means
it would modify, rather than completely override, any value that comes
from a subsequent face in the face list or that is inherited from
another face.

@code{unspecified} is a relative value for all attributes.  For
@code{:height}, floating point and function values are also relative.

For example:

@example
(face-attribute-relative-p :height 2.0)
     @result{} t
@end example
@end defun

@defun face-all-attributes face &optional frame inherit
This function returns an alist of attributes of @var{face}.  The
elements of the result are name-value pairs of the form
@w{@code{(@var{attr-name} . @var{attr-value})}}.  Optional argument
@var{frame} specifies the frame whose definition of @var{face} to
return; if omitted or @code{nil}, the returned value describes the
default attributes of @var{face} for newly created frames, i.e.@: the
values these attributes have before applying the face spec in the face's
@code{defface} definition or the spec set by @code{face-spec-set}.
These default values of the attributes are normally @code{unspecified},
unless you have specified some other value using
@code{set-face-attribute}; see below.  The optional argument
@var{inherit} has the same meaning as the same argument to
@code{face-attribute}, which see.  This is useful when you want the face
attributes to be absolute and not @code{unspecified}.
@end defun

@defun merge-face-attribute attribute value1 value2
If @var{value1} is a relative value for the face attribute
@var{attribute}, returns it merged with the underlying value
@var{value2}; otherwise, if @var{value1} is an absolute value for the
face attribute @var{attribute}, returns @var{value1} unchanged.
@end defun

  Normally, Emacs uses the face specs of each face to automatically
calculate its attributes on each frame (@pxref{Defining Faces}).  The
function @code{set-face-attribute} can override this calculation by
directly assigning attributes to a face, either on a specific frame or
for all frames.  This function is mostly intended for internal usage.

@defun set-face-attribute face frame &rest arguments
This function sets one or more attributes of @var{face} for
@var{frame}.  The attributes specified in this way override the face
spec(s) belonging to @var{face}.  @xref{Face Attributes}, for the
supported attributes.

The extra arguments @var{arguments} specify the attributes to set, and
the values for them.  They should consist of alternating attribute
names (such as @code{:family} or @code{:underline}) and values.  Thus,

@example
(set-face-attribute 'foo nil :weight 'bold :slant 'italic)
@end example

@noindent
sets the attribute @code{:weight} to @code{bold} and the attribute
@code{:slant} to @code{italic}.

If @var{frame} is @code{t}, this function sets the default attributes
for newly created frames; they will effectively override the attribute
values specified by @code{defface}.  If @var{frame} is @code{nil},
this function sets the attributes for all existing frames, as well as
for newly created frames.

To @emph{reset} the value of an attribute, that is, to indicate that
the face doesn't by itself specify a value for the attribute, use the
special value @code{unspecified} (@emph{not} @code{nil}!@:) for the
attribute, and set the @var{frame} argument to @code{t}, in addition
to the call with @var{frame} set to @code{nil}.  This is because the
default attributes for newly created frames are merged with the face's
spec in @code{defface} when a new frame is created, and so having
@code{unspecified} in the default attributes for new frames will be
unable to override @code{defface}; the special call to this function
as described above will arrange for @code{defface} to be overridden.

Note that the attribute-value pairs are evaluated in the order they
are specified, with the exception of the @code{:family} and
@code{:foundry} attributes, which are evaluated first.  This means
that if a certain attribute is specified more than once, only the last
value will be used.  It also means that in some cases a different
order of attributes will produce different results.  For example, when
@code{:weight} is placed before @code{:font}, the weight value is
applied to the current font of the face, and might be rounded to the
closest available weight of that font, whereas when @code{:font} is
placed before @code{:weight} the weight value is applied to the
specified font.
@end defun

  The following commands and functions mostly provide compatibility
with old versions of Emacs.  They work by calling
@code{set-face-attribute}.  Values of @code{t} and @code{nil} (or
omitted) for their @var{frame} argument are handled just like
@code{set-face-attribute} and @code{face-attribute}.  The commands
read their arguments using the minibuffer, if called interactively.

@deffn Command set-face-foreground face color &optional frame
@deffnx Command set-face-background face color &optional frame
These set the @code{:foreground} attribute (or @code{:background}
attribute, respectively) of @var{face} to @var{color}.
@end deffn

@deffn Command set-face-stipple face pattern &optional frame
This sets the @code{:stipple} attribute of @var{face} to
@var{pattern}.
@end deffn

@deffn Command set-face-font face font &optional frame
Change the font-related attributes of @var{face} to those of
@var{font} (a string or a font object).  @xref{face-font-attribute},
for the supported formats of the @var{font} argument.  This function
sets the attribute @code{:font} of the face, and indirectly also the
@code{:family}, @code{:foundry}, @code{:width}, @code{:height},
@code{:weight}, and @code{:slant} attributes, as defined by the font.
If @var{frame} is non-@code{nil}, only change the attributes on the
specified frame.
@end deffn

@defun set-face-bold face bold-p &optional frame
This sets the @code{:weight} attribute of @var{face} to @var{normal}
if @var{bold-p} is @code{nil}, and to @var{bold} otherwise.
@end defun

@defun set-face-italic face italic-p &optional frame
This sets the @code{:slant} attribute of @var{face} to @var{normal} if
@var{italic-p} is @code{nil}, and to @var{italic} otherwise.
@end defun

@deffn Command set-face-underline face underline &optional frame
This sets the @code{:underline} attribute of @var{face} to
@var{underline}.
@end deffn

@deffn Command set-face-inverse-video face inverse-video-p &optional frame
This sets the @code{:inverse-video} attribute of @var{face} to
@var{inverse-video-p}.
@end deffn

@deffn Command invert-face face &optional frame
This swaps the foreground and background colors of face @var{face}.
@end deffn

@deffn Command set-face-extend face extend &optional frame
This sets the @code{:extend} attribute of @var{face} to
@var{extend}.
@end deffn

  The following functions examine the attributes of a face.  They
mostly provide compatibility with old versions of Emacs.  If you don't
specify @var{frame}, they refer to the selected frame; @code{t} refers
to the default data for new frames.  They return @code{unspecified} if
the face doesn't define any value for that attribute.  If
@var{inherit} is @code{nil}, only an attribute directly defined by the
face is returned.  If @var{inherit} is non-@code{nil}, any faces
specified by its @code{:inherit} attribute are considered as well, and
if @var{inherit} is a face or a list of faces, then they are also
considered, until a specified attribute is found.  To ensure that the
return value is always specified, use a value of @code{default} for
@var{inherit}.

@defun face-font face &optional frame character
This function returns the name of the font used by the specified
@var{face}.

If the optional argument @var{frame} is specified, it returns the name
of the font of @var{face} for that frame; @var{frame} defaults to the
selected frame if it is @code{nil} or omitted.  If @var{frame} is
@code{t}, the function reports on the font defaults for @var{face} to
be used for new frames.

By default, the returned font is for displaying ASCII characters, but
if @var{frame} is anything but @code{t}, and the optional third
argument @var{character} is supplied, the function returns the font
name used by @var{face} for that character.
@end defun

@defun face-foreground face &optional frame inherit
@defunx face-background face &optional frame inherit
These functions return the foreground color (or background color,
respectively) of face @var{face}, as a string.  If the color is
unspecified, they return @code{nil}.
@end defun

@defun face-stipple face &optional frame inherit
This function returns the name of the background stipple pattern of face
@var{face}, or @code{nil} if it doesn't have one.
@end defun

@defun face-bold-p face &optional frame inherit
This function returns a non-@code{nil} value if the @code{:weight}
attribute of @var{face} is bolder than normal (i.e., one of
@code{semi-bold}, @code{bold}, @code{extra-bold}, or
@code{ultra-bold}).  Otherwise, it returns @code{nil}.
@end defun

@defun face-italic-p face &optional frame inherit
This function returns a non-@code{nil} value if the @code{:slant}
attribute of @var{face} is @code{italic} or @code{oblique}, and
@code{nil} otherwise.
@end defun

@defun face-underline-p face &optional frame inherit
This function returns non-@code{nil} if face @var{face} specifies
a non-@code{nil} @code{:underline} attribute.
@end defun

@defun face-inverse-video-p face &optional frame inherit
This function returns non-@code{nil} if face @var{face} specifies
a non-@code{nil} @code{:inverse-video} attribute.
@end defun

@defun face-extend-p face &optional frame inherit
This function returns non-@code{nil} if face @var{face} specifies
a non-@code{nil} @code{:extend} attribute.  The @var{inherit} argument
is passed to @code{face-attribute}.
@end defun


@node Displaying Faces
@subsection Displaying Faces
@cindex displaying faces
@cindex face merging

  When Emacs displays a given piece of text, the visual appearance of
the text may be determined by faces drawn from different sources.  If
these various sources together specify more than one face for a
particular character, Emacs merges the attributes of the various
faces.  Here is the order in which Emacs merges the faces, from
highest to lowest priority:

@itemize @bullet
@item
If the text consists of a special glyph, the glyph can specify a
particular face.  @xref{Glyphs}.

@item
If the text lies within an active region, Emacs highlights it using
the @code{region} face.  @xref{Standard Faces,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs
Manual}.

@item
If the text lies within an overlay with a non-@code{nil} @code{face}
property, Emacs applies the face(s) specified by that property.  If
the overlay has a @code{mouse-face} property and the mouse is near
enough to the overlay, Emacs applies the face or face attributes
specified by the @code{mouse-face} property instead.  @xref{Overlay
Properties}.

When multiple overlays cover the same character, an overlay with
higher priority overrides those with lower priority.  @xref{Overlays}.

@item
If the text contains a @code{face} or @code{mouse-face} property,
Emacs applies the specified faces and face attributes.  @xref{Special
Properties}.  (This is how Font Lock mode faces are applied.
@xref{Font Lock Mode}.)

@item
If the text lies within the mode line of the selected window, Emacs
applies the @code{mode-line} face.  For the mode line of a
non-selected window, Emacs applies the @code{mode-line-inactive} face.
For a header line, Emacs applies the @code{header-line} face.
For a tab line, Emacs applies the @code{tab-line} face.

@item
If the text comes from an overlay string via @code{before-string} or
@code{after-string} properties (@pxref{Overlay Properties}), or from a
display string (@pxref{Other Display Specs}), and the string doesn't
contain a @code{face} or @code{mouse-face} property, or these
properties leave some face attributes undefined, but the buffer text
affected by the overlay/display property does define a face or those
attributes, Emacs applies the face attributes of the ``underlying''
buffer text.  Note that this is so even if the overlay or display
string is displayed in the display margins (@pxref{Display Margins}).

@item
If any given attribute has not been specified during the preceding
steps, Emacs applies the attribute of the @code{default} face.
@end itemize

  At each stage, if a face has a valid @code{:inherit} attribute,
Emacs treats any attribute with an @code{unspecified} value as having
the corresponding value drawn from the parent face(s).  @pxref{Face
Attributes}.  Note that the parent face(s) may also leave the
attribute unspecified; in that case, the attribute remains unspecified
at the next level of face merging.

@node Face Remapping
@subsection Face Remapping
@cindex face remapping

  The variable @code{face-remapping-alist} is used for buffer-local or
global changes in the appearance of a face.  For instance, it is used
to implement the @code{text-scale-adjust} command (@pxref{Text
Scale,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}).

@defvar face-remapping-alist
The value of this variable is an alist whose elements have the form
@code{(@var{face} . @var{remapping})}.  This causes Emacs to display
any text having the face @var{face} with @var{remapping}, rather than
the ordinary definition of @var{face}.

@var{remapping} may be any face spec suitable for a @code{face} text
property: either a face (i.e., a face name or a property list of
attribute/value pairs), or a list of faces.  For details, see the
description of the @code{face} text property in @ref{Special
Properties}.  @var{remapping} serves as the complete specification for
the remapped face---it replaces the normal definition of @var{face},
instead of modifying it.

If @code{face-remapping-alist} is buffer-local, its local value takes
effect only within that buffer.  If @code{face-remapping-alist}
includes faces applicable only to certain windows, by using the
@w{@code{(:filtered (:window @var{param} @var{val}) @var{spec})}},
that face takes effect only in windows that match the filter
conditions (@pxref{Special Properties}).  To turn off face filtering
temporarily, bind @code{face-filters-always-match} to a non-@code{nil}
value, then all face filters will match any window.

Note: face remapping is non-recursive.  If @var{remapping} references
the same face name @var{face}, either directly or via the
@code{:inherit} attribute of some other face in @var{remapping}, that
reference uses the normal definition of @var{face}.  For instance, if
the @code{mode-line} face is remapped using this entry in
@code{face-remapping-alist}:

@example
(mode-line italic mode-line)
@end example

@noindent
then the new definition of the @code{mode-line} face inherits from the
@code{italic} face, and the @emph{normal} (non-remapped) definition of
@code{mode-line} face.
@end defvar

@cindex relative remapping, faces
@cindex base remapping, faces
  The following functions implement a higher-level interface to
@code{face-remapping-alist}.  Most Lisp code should use these
functions instead of setting @code{face-remapping-alist} directly, to
avoid trampling on remappings applied elsewhere.  These functions are
intended for buffer-local remappings, so they all make
@code{face-remapping-alist} buffer-local as a side-effect.  They manage
@code{face-remapping-alist} entries of the form

@example
  (@var{face} @var{relative-spec-1} @var{relative-spec-2} @var{...} @var{base-spec})
@end example

@noindent
where, as explained above, each of the @var{relative-spec-N} and
@var{base-spec} is either a face name, or a property list of
attribute/value pairs.  Each of the @dfn{relative remapping} entries,
@var{relative-spec-N}, is managed by the
@code{face-remap-add-relative} and @code{face-remap-remove-relative}
functions; these are intended for simple modifications like changing
the text size.  The @dfn{base remapping} entry, @var{base-spec}, has
the lowest priority and is managed by the @code{face-remap-set-base}
and @code{face-remap-reset-base} functions; it is intended for major
modes to remap faces in the buffers they control.

@defun face-remap-add-relative face &rest specs
This function adds @var{specs} as relative remappings for face
@var{face} in the current buffer.  @var{specs} should be a list where
each element is either a face name, or a property list of
attribute/value pairs.

The return value is a Lisp object that serves as a cookie; you can
pass this object as an argument to @code{face-remap-remove-relative}
if you need to remove the remapping later.

@example
;; Remap the 'escape-glyph' face into a combination
;; of the 'highlight' and 'italic' faces:
(face-remap-add-relative 'escape-glyph 'highlight 'italic)

;; Increase the size of the 'default' face by 50%:
(face-remap-add-relative 'default :height 1.5)
@end example

Note that buffer-local face remapping does not work reliably for
parent faces of basic faces (@pxref{Basic Faces}).  (These are the
faces that are used in mode lines, header lines, and other basic
decorations of windows and frames.)  For instance,
@code{mode-line-inactive} inherits from @code{mode-line}, but
remapping @code{mode-line} won't normally have the desired effect on
@code{mode-line-inactive}, especially if done locally for some
buffers.  Instead you have to remap @code{mode-line-inactive}
directly.
@end defun

@defun face-remap-remove-relative cookie
This function removes a relative remapping previously added by
@code{face-remap-add-relative}.  @var{cookie} should be the Lisp
object returned by @code{face-remap-add-relative} when the remapping
was added.
@end defun

@defun face-remap-set-base face &rest specs
This function sets the base remapping of @var{face} in the current
buffer to @var{specs}.  If @var{specs} is empty, the default base
remapping is restored, similar to calling @code{face-remap-reset-base}
(see below); note that this is different from @var{specs} containing a
single value @code{nil}, which has the opposite result (the global
definition of @var{face} is ignored).

This overwrites the default @var{base-spec}, which inherits the global
face definition, so it is up to the caller to add such inheritance if
so desired.
@end defun

@defun face-remap-reset-base face
This function sets the base remapping of @var{face} to its default
value, which inherits from @var{face}'s global definition.
@end defun

@node Face Functions
@subsection Functions for Working with Faces

  Here are additional functions for creating and working with faces.

@defun face-list
This function returns a list of all defined face names.
@end defun

@cindex face number
@cindex face property of face symbols
@defun face-id face
This function returns the @dfn{face number} of face @var{face}.  This
is a number that uniquely identifies a face at low levels within
Emacs.  It is seldom necessary to refer to a face by its face number.
However, functions that manipulate glyphs, such as
@code{make-glyph-code} and @code{glyph-face} (@pxref{Glyphs}) access
the face numbers internally.  Note that the face number is stored as
the value of the @code{face} property of the face symbol, so we
recommend not to set that property of a face to any value of your own.
@end defun

@defun face-documentation face
This function returns the documentation string of face @var{face}, or
@code{nil} if none was specified for it.
@end defun

@defun face-equal face1 face2 &optional frame
This returns @code{t} if the faces @var{face1} and @var{face2} have the
same attributes for display.
@end defun

@defun face-differs-from-default-p face &optional frame
This returns non-@code{nil} if the face @var{face} displays
differently from the default face.
@end defun

@cindex face alias
@cindex alias, for faces
A @dfn{face alias} provides an equivalent name for a face.  You can
define a face alias by giving the alias symbol the @code{face-alias}
property, with a value of the target face name.  The following example
makes @code{modeline} an alias for the @code{mode-line} face.

@example
(put 'modeline 'face-alias 'mode-line)
@end example

@defmac define-obsolete-face-alias obsolete-face current-face when
This macro defines @code{obsolete-face} as an alias for
@var{current-face}, and also marks it as obsolete, indicating that it
may be removed in future.  @var{when} should be a string indicating
when @code{obsolete-face} was made obsolete (usually a version number
string).
@end defmac

@node Auto Faces
@subsection Automatic Face Assignment
@cindex automatic face assignment
@cindex faces, automatic choice

  This hook is used for automatically assigning faces to text in the
buffer.  It is part of the implementation of Jit-Lock mode, used by
Font-Lock.

@defvar fontification-functions
This variable holds a list of functions that are called by Emacs
redisplay as needed, just before doing redisplay.  They are called even
when Font Lock Mode isn't enabled.  When Font Lock Mode is enabled, this
variable usually holds just one function, @code{jit-lock-function}.

The functions are called in the order listed, with one argument, a
buffer position @var{pos}.  Collectively they should attempt to assign
faces to the text in the current buffer starting at @var{pos}.

The functions should record the faces they assign by setting the
@code{face} property.  They should also add a non-@code{nil}
@code{fontified} property to all the text they have assigned faces to.
That property tells redisplay that faces have been assigned to that text
already.

It is probably a good idea for the functions to do nothing if the
character after @var{pos} already has a non-@code{nil} @code{fontified}
property, but this is not required.  If one function overrides the
assignments made by a previous one, the properties after the last
function finishes are the ones that really matter.

For efficiency, we recommend writing these functions so that they
usually assign faces to around 400 to 600 characters at each call.

Note that, when the buffer text includes very long lines, these
functions are called as if they were in a @code{with-restriction} form
(@pxref{Narrowing}), with a
@code{long-line-optimizations-in-fontification-functions} label and
with the buffer narrowed to a portion around @var{pos}.
@end defvar

@node Basic Faces
@subsection Basic Faces
@cindex basic faces

If your Emacs Lisp program needs to assign some faces to text, it is
often a good idea to use certain existing faces or inherit from them,
rather than defining entirely new faces.  This way, if other users
have customized those existing faces to give Emacs a certain look,
your program will fit in without additional customization.

  Some of the @dfn{basic faces} defined in Emacs are listed below.  In
addition to these, you might want to make use of the Font Lock faces
for syntactic highlighting, if highlighting is not already handled by
Font Lock mode, or if some Font Lock faces are not in use.
@xref{Faces for Font Lock}.

@table @code
@item default
The default face, whose attributes are all specified.  All other faces
implicitly inherit from it: any unspecified attribute defaults to the
attribute on this face (@pxref{Face Attributes}).

@item mode-line-active
@itemx mode-line-inactive
@itemx header-line
@itemx tab-line
Basic faces used for the mode line, header line, and tab line.

@item tool-bar
@itemx tab-bar
@itemx fringe
@itemx scroll-bar
@itemx window-divider
@itemx border
@itemx child-frame-border
Basic faces used for the corresponding decorations of GUI frames.

@item cursor
The basic face used for the text cursor.

@item mouse
The basic face used for displaying mouse-sensitive text when the mouse
pointer is on that text.

@item bold
@itemx italic
@itemx bold-italic
@itemx underline
@itemx fixed-pitch
@itemx fixed-pitch-serif
@itemx variable-pitch
These have the attributes indicated by their names (e.g., @code{bold}
has a bold @code{:weight} attribute), with all other attributes
unspecified (and so given by @code{default}).

@item shadow
For dimmed-out text.  For example, it is used for the ignored
part of a filename in the minibuffer (@pxref{Minibuffer File,,
Minibuffers for File Names, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}).

@item link
@itemx link-visited
For clickable text buttons that send the user to a different
buffer or location.

@item highlight
For stretches of text that should temporarily stand out.  For example,
it is commonly assigned to the @code{mouse-face} property for cursor
highlighting (@pxref{Special Properties}).

@item match
@itemx isearch
@itemx lazy-highlight
For text matching (respectively) permanent search matches, interactive
search matches, and lazy highlighting other matches than the current
interactive one.

@item error
@itemx warning
@itemx success
For text concerning errors, warnings, or successes.  For example,
these are used for messages in @file{*Compilation*} buffers.
@end table

@node Font Selection
@subsection Font Selection
@cindex font selection
@cindex selecting a font

  Before Emacs can draw a character on a graphical display, it must
select a @dfn{font} for that character@footnote{In this context, the
term @dfn{font} has nothing to do with Font Lock (@pxref{Font Lock
Mode}).}.  @xref{Fonts,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.  Normally,
Emacs automatically chooses a font based on the faces assigned to that
character---specifically, the face attributes @code{:family},
@code{:weight}, @code{:slant}, and @code{:width} (@pxref{Face
Attributes}).  The choice of font also depends on the character to be
displayed; some fonts can only display a limited set of characters.
If no available font exactly fits the requirements, Emacs looks for
the @dfn{closest matching font}.  The variables in this section
control how Emacs makes this selection.

@defopt face-font-family-alternatives
If a given family is specified but does not exist, this variable
specifies alternative font families to try.  Each element should have
this form:

@example
(@var{family} @var{alternate-families}@dots{})
@end example

If @var{family} is specified but not available, Emacs will try the other
families given in @var{alternate-families}, one by one, until it finds a
family that does exist.
@end defopt

@defopt face-font-selection-order
If there is no font that exactly matches all desired face attributes
(@code{:width}, @code{:height}, @code{:weight}, and @code{:slant}),
this variable specifies the order in which these attributes should be
considered when selecting the closest matching font.  The value should
be a list containing those four attribute symbols, in order of
decreasing importance.  The default is @code{(:width :height :weight
:slant)}.

Font selection first finds the best available matches for the first
attribute in the list; then, among the fonts which are best in that
way, it searches for the best matches in the second attribute, and so
on.

The attributes @code{:weight} and @code{:width} have symbolic values in
a range centered around @code{normal}.  Matches that are more extreme
(farther from @code{normal}) are somewhat preferred to matches that are
less extreme (closer to @code{normal}); this is designed to ensure that
non-normal faces contrast with normal ones, whenever possible.

One example of a case where this variable makes a difference is when the
default font has no italic equivalent.  With the default ordering, the
@code{italic} face will use a non-italic font that is similar to the
default one.  But if you put @code{:slant} before @code{:height}, the
@code{italic} face will use an italic font, even if its height is not
quite right.
@end defopt

@defopt face-font-registry-alternatives
This variable lets you specify alternative font registries to try, if a
given registry is specified and doesn't exist.  Each element should have
this form:

@example
(@var{registry} @var{alternate-registries}@dots{})
@end example

If @var{registry} is specified but not available, Emacs will try the
other registries given in @var{alternate-registries}, one by one,
until it finds a registry that does exist.
@end defopt

@cindex scalable fonts
  Emacs can make use of scalable fonts, but by default it does not use
them.

@defopt scalable-fonts-allowed
This variable controls which scalable fonts to use.  A value of
@code{nil}, the default, means do not use scalable fonts.  @code{t}
means to use any scalable font that seems appropriate for the text.

Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions.  Then a
scalable font is enabled for use if its name matches any regular
expression in the list.  For example,

@example
(setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("iso10646-1$"))
@end example

@noindent
allows the use of scalable fonts with registry @code{iso10646-1}.
@end defopt

@defvar face-font-rescale-alist
This variable specifies scaling for certain faces.  Its value should
be a list of elements of the form

@example
(@var{fontname-regexp} . @var{scale-factor})
@end example

If @var{fontname-regexp} matches the font name that is about to be
used, this says to choose a larger similar font according to the
factor @var{scale-factor}.  You would use this feature to normalize
the font size if certain fonts are bigger or smaller than their
nominal heights and widths would suggest.
@end defvar

@node Font Lookup
@subsection Looking Up Fonts
@cindex font lookup
@cindex looking up fonts

@defun x-list-fonts name &optional reference-face frame maximum width
This function returns a list of available font names that match
@var{name}.  @var{name} should be a string containing a font name in
either the Fontconfig, GTK+, or XLFD format (@pxref{Fonts,,, emacs, The
GNU Emacs Manual}).  Within an XLFD string, wildcard characters may be
used: the @samp{*} character matches any substring, and the @samp{?}
character matches any single character.  Case is ignored when matching
font names.

If the optional arguments @var{reference-face} and @var{frame} are
specified, the returned list includes only fonts that are the same
size as @var{reference-face} (a face name) currently is on the frame
@var{frame}.

The optional argument @var{maximum} sets a limit on how many fonts to
return.  If it is non-@code{nil}, then the return value is truncated
after the first @var{maximum} matching fonts.  Specifying a small
value for @var{maximum} can make this function much faster, in cases
where many fonts match the pattern.

The optional argument @var{width} specifies a desired font width.  If
it is non-@code{nil}, the function only returns those fonts whose
characters are (on average) @var{width} times as wide as
@var{reference-face}.
@end defun

@defun x-family-fonts &optional family frame
This function returns a list describing the available fonts for family
@var{family} on @var{frame}.  If @var{family} is omitted or @code{nil},
this list applies to all families, and therefore, it contains all
available fonts.  Otherwise, @var{family} must be a string; it may
contain the wildcards @samp{?} and @samp{*}.

The list describes the display that @var{frame} is on; if @var{frame} is
omitted or @code{nil}, it applies to the selected frame's display
(@pxref{Input Focus}).

Each element in the list is a vector of the following form:

@example
[@var{family} @var{width} @var{point-size} @var{weight} @var{slant}
 @var{fixed-p} @var{full} @var{registry-and-encoding}]
@end example

The first five elements correspond to face attributes; if you
specify these attributes for a face, it will use this font.

The last three elements give additional information about the font.
@var{fixed-p} is non-@code{nil} if the font is fixed-pitch.
@var{full} is the full name of the font, and
@var{registry-and-encoding} is a string giving the registry and
encoding of the font.
@end defun

@node Fontsets
@subsection Fontsets
@cindex fontset

  A @dfn{fontset} is a list of fonts, each assigned to a range of
character codes.  An individual font cannot display the whole range of
characters that Emacs supports, but a fontset can.  Fontsets have names,
just as fonts do, and you can use a fontset name in place of a font name
when you specify the font for a frame or a face.  Here is
information about defining a fontset under Lisp program control.

@defun create-fontset-from-fontset-spec fontset-spec &optional style-variant-p noerror
This function defines a new fontset according to the specification
string @var{fontset-spec}.  The string should have this format:

@smallexample
@var{fontpattern}, @r{[}@var{charset}:@var{font}@r{]@dots{}}
@end smallexample

@noindent
Whitespace characters before and after the commas are ignored.

The first part of the string, @var{fontpattern}, should have the form of
a standard X font name, except that the last two fields should be
@samp{fontset-@var{alias}}.

The new fontset has two names, one long and one short.  The long name is
@var{fontpattern} in its entirety.  The short name is
@samp{fontset-@var{alias}}.  You can refer to the fontset by either
name.  If a fontset with the same name already exists, an error is
signaled, unless @var{noerror} is non-@code{nil}, in which case this
function does nothing.

If optional argument @var{style-variant-p} is non-@code{nil}, that says
to create bold, italic and bold-italic variants of the fontset as well.
These variant fontsets do not have a short name, only a long one, which
is made by altering @var{fontpattern} to indicate the bold and/or italic
status.

The specification string also says which fonts to use in the fontset.
See below for the details.
@end defun

  The construct @samp{@var{charset}:@var{font}} specifies which font to
use (in this fontset) for one particular character set.  Here,
@var{charset} is the name of a character set, and @var{font} is the font
to use for that character set.  You can use this construct any number of
times in the specification string.

  For the remaining character sets, those that you don't specify
explicitly, Emacs chooses a font based on @var{fontpattern}: it replaces
@samp{fontset-@var{alias}} with a value that names one character set.
For the @acronym{ASCII} character set, @samp{fontset-@var{alias}} is replaced
with @samp{ISO8859-1}.

  In addition, when several consecutive fields are wildcards, Emacs
collapses them into a single wildcard.  This is to prevent use of
auto-scaled fonts.  Fonts made by scaling larger fonts are not usable
for editing, and scaling a smaller font is not useful because it is
better to use the smaller font in its own size, which Emacs does.

  Thus if @var{fontpattern} is this,

@example
-*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24
@end example

@noindent
the font specification for @acronym{ASCII} characters would be this:

@example
-*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1
@end example

@noindent
and the font specification for Chinese GB2312 characters would be this:

@example
-*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-gb2312*-*
@end example

  You may not have any Chinese font matching the above font
specification.  Most X distributions include only Chinese fonts that
have @samp{song ti} or @samp{fangsong ti} in the @var{family} field.  In
such a case, @samp{Fontset-@var{n}} can be specified as below:

@smallexample
Emacs.Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24,\
        chinese-gb2312:-*-*-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-gb2312*-*
@end smallexample

@noindent
Then, the font specifications for all but Chinese GB2312 characters have
@samp{fixed} in the @var{family} field, and the font specification for
Chinese GB2312 characters has a wild card @samp{*} in the @var{family}
field.

@defun set-fontset-font fontset characters font-spec &optional frame add
This function modifies the existing @var{fontset} to use the font
specified by @var{font-spec} for displaying the specified
@var{characters}.

If @var{fontset} is @code{nil}, this function modifies the fontset of
the selected frame or that of @var{frame} if @var{frame} is not
@code{nil}.

If @var{fontset} is @code{t}, this function modifies the default
fontset, whose short name as a string is @samp{fontset-default}.

The @var{characters} argument can be a single character which should
be displayed using @var{font-spec}.  It can also be a cons cell
@w{@code{(@var{from} . @var{to})}}, where @var{from} and @var{to} are
characters.  In that case, use @var{font-spec} for all the characters
in the range @var{from} and @var{to} (inclusive).

@var{characters} may be a charset symbol (@pxref{Character Sets}).  In
that case, use @var{font-spec} for all the characters in the charset.

@vindex use-default-font-for-symbols
@var{characters} may be a script symbol (@pxref{Character Properties,
char-script-table}).  In that case, use @var{font-spec} for all the
characters belonging to the script.  See also
@code{use-default-font-for-symbols}, which affects font selection
when @var{characters} specify or belong to the @code{symbol} script
(which includes symbol and punctuation characters).

@var{characters} may be @code{nil}, which means to use @var{font-spec}
for any character in @var{fontset} for which no font-spec is
specified.

@var{font-spec} may be a font-spec object created by the function
@code{font-spec} (@pxref{Low-Level Font}).

@var{font-spec} may be a cons cell @w{@code{(@var{family}
. @var{registry})}}, where @var{family} is a family name of a font
(possibly including a foundry name at the head), and @var{registry} is
a registry name of a font (possibly including an encoding name at the
tail).

@var{font-spec} may be a font name, a string.

@var{font-spec} may be @code{nil}, which explicitly specifies that
there's no font for the specified @var{characters}.  This is useful,
for example, to avoid expensive system-wide search for fonts for
characters that have no glyphs, like those from the Unicode Private
Use Area (PUA).

The optional argument @var{add}, if non-@code{nil}, specifies how to
add @var{font-spec} to the font specifications previously set for
@var{characters}.  If it is @code{prepend}, @var{font-spec} is
prepended to the existing specs.  If it is @code{append},
@var{font-spec} is appended.  By default, @var{font-spec} overwrites
the previously set font specs.

For instance, this changes the default fontset to use a font whose
family name is @samp{Kochi Gothic} for all characters belonging to
the charset @code{japanese-jisx0208}:

@smallexample
(set-fontset-font t 'japanese-jisx0208
                  (font-spec :family "Kochi Gothic"))
@end smallexample

Note that this function should generally be called from the user's
init files, and more generally before any of @var{characters} were
displayed in the current Emacs session.  That's because for some
scripts, Emacs caches the way they are displayed, and the cached
information includes the font used for them -- once these characters
are displayed once, the cached font will continue to be used
regardless of changes in the fontsets.
@end defun

@defun char-displayable-p char
This function returns non-@code{nil} if Emacs ought to be able to
display @var{char}.  Or more precisely, if the selected frame's fontset
has a font to display the character set that @var{char} belongs to.

Fontsets can specify a font on a per-character basis; when the fontset
does that, this function's value may not be accurate.

This function may return non-@code{nil} even when there is no font
available, since it also checks whether the coding system for the text
terminal can encode the character (@pxref{Terminal I/O Encoding}).
@end defun

@defun char-displayable-on-frame-p char frame
This function behaves like @code{char-displayable-p} does (relative to
@var{frame}), but in the graphical case, it does not perform the final
check of whether the underlying text terminal can encode the character.
It thus provides a displayability check for @var{char} more specific to
@var{frame}.
@end defun

@node Low-Level Font
@subsection Low-Level Font Representation
@cindex font property

  Normally, it is not necessary to manipulate fonts directly.  In case
you need to do so, this section explains how.

  In Emacs Lisp, fonts are represented using three different Lisp
object types: @dfn{font objects}, @dfn{font specs}, and @dfn{font
entities}.

@defun fontp object &optional type
Return @code{t} if @var{object} is a font object, font spec, or font
entity.  Otherwise, return @code{nil}.

The optional argument @var{type}, if non-@code{nil}, determines the
exact type of Lisp object to check for.  In that case, @var{type}
should be one of @code{font-object}, @code{font-spec}, or
@code{font-entity}.
@end defun

@cindex font object
  A font object is a Lisp object that represents a font that Emacs has
@dfn{opened}.  Font objects cannot be modified in Lisp, but they can
be inspected.

@defun font-at position &optional window string
Return the font object that is being used to display the character at
position @var{position} in the window @var{window}.  If @var{window}
is @code{nil}, it defaults to the selected window.  If @var{string} is
@code{nil}, @var{position} specifies a position in the current buffer;
otherwise, @var{string} should be a string, and @var{position}
specifies a position in that string.
@end defun

@cindex font spec
  A font spec is a Lisp object that contains a set of specifications
that can be used to find a font.  More than one font may match the
specifications in a font spec.

@defun font-spec &rest arguments
Return a new font spec using the specifications in @var{arguments},
which should come in @code{property}-@code{value} pairs.  The possible
specifications are as follows:

@table @code
@item :name
The font name (a string), in either XLFD, Fontconfig, or GTK+ format.
@xref{Fonts,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.

@item :family
@itemx :foundry
@itemx :weight
@itemx :slant
@itemx :width
These have the same meanings as the face attributes of the same name.
@xref{Face Attributes}.  @code{:family} and @code{:foundry} are
strings, while the other three are symbols.  As example values,
@code{:slant} may be @code{italic}, @code{:weight} may be @code{bold}
and @code{:width} may be @code{normal}.

@item :size
The font size---either a non-negative integer that specifies the pixel
size, or a floating-point number that specifies the point size.

@item :adstyle
Additional typographic style information for the font, such as
@samp{sans}.  The value should be a string or a symbol.

@cindex font registry
@item :registry
The charset registry and encoding of the font, such as
@samp{iso8859-1}.  The value should be a string or a symbol.

@item :dpi
The resolution in dots per inch for which the font is designed.  The
value must be a non-negative number.

@item :spacing
The spacing of the font: proportional, dual, mono, or charcell.  The
value should be either an integer (0 for proportional, 90 for dual,
100 for mono, 110 for charcell) or a one-letter symbol (one of
@code{P}, @code{D}, @code{M}, or @code{C}).

@item :avgwidth
The average width of the font in 1/10 pixel units.  The value should
be a non-negative number.

@item :script
The script that the font must support (a symbol).

@item :lang
The language that the font should support.  The value should be a
symbol whose name is a two-letter ISO-639 language name.  On X, the
value is matched against the ``Additional Style'' field of the XLFD
name of a font, if it is non-empty.  On MS-Windows, fonts matching the
spec are required to support codepages needed for the language.
Currently, only a small set of CJK languages is supported with this
property: @samp{ja}, @samp{ko}, and @samp{zh}.

@item :otf
@cindex OpenType font
The font must be an OpenType font that supports these OpenType
features, provided Emacs is compiled with a library, such as
@samp{libotf} on GNU/Linux, that supports complex text layout for
scripts which need that.  The value must be a list of the form

@smallexample
@code{(@var{script-tag} @var{langsys-tag} @var{gsub} @var{gpos})}
@end smallexample

where @var{script-tag} is the OpenType script tag symbol;
@var{langsys-tag} is the OpenType language system tag symbol, or
@code{nil} to use the default language system; @code{gsub} is a list
of OpenType GSUB feature tag symbols, or @code{nil} if none is
required; and @code{gpos} is a list of OpenType GPOS feature tag
symbols, or @code{nil} if none is required.  If @code{gsub} or
@code{gpos} is a list, a @code{nil} element in that list means that
the font must not match any of the remaining tag symbols.  The
@code{gpos} element may be omitted.  For the list of OpenType script,
language, and feature tags, see
@uref{https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/ttoreg,
the list of registered OTF tags}.

@item :type
@cindex font backend
The symbol that specifies the @dfn{font backend} used to draw the
characters.  The possible values depend on the platform and on how
Emacs was configured at build time.  Typical values include
@code{ftcrhb} and @code{xfthb} on X, @code{harfbuzz} on MS-Windows,
@code{ns} on GNUstep, etc.  It can also be @code{nil} if left
unspecified, typically in a font-spec.
@end table
@end defun

@defun font-put font-spec property value
Set the font property @var{property} in the font-spec @var{font-spec}
to @var{value}.  The @var{property} can any of the ones described
above.
@end defun

@cindex font entity
  A font entity is a reference to a font that need not be open.  Its
properties are intermediate between a font object and a font spec:
like a font object, and unlike a font spec, it refers to a single,
specific font.  Unlike a font object, creating a font entity does not
load the contents of that font into computer memory.  Emacs may open
multiple font objects of different sizes from a single font entity
referring to a scalable font.

@defun find-font font-spec &optional frame
This function returns a font entity that best matches the font spec
@var{font-spec} on frame @var{frame}.  If @var{frame} is @code{nil},
it defaults to the selected frame.
@end defun

@defun list-fonts font-spec &optional frame num prefer
This function returns a list of all font entities that match the font
spec @var{font-spec}.

The optional argument @var{frame}, if non-@code{nil}, specifies the
frame on which the fonts are to be displayed.  The optional argument
@var{num}, if non-@code{nil}, should be an integer that specifies the
maximum length of the returned list.  The optional argument
@var{prefer}, if non-@code{nil}, should be another font spec, which is
used to control the order of the returned list; the returned font
entities are sorted in order of decreasing closeness to that font
spec.
@end defun

  If you call @code{set-face-attribute} and pass a font spec, font
entity, or font name string as the value of the @code{:font}
attribute, Emacs opens the best matching font that is available
for display.  It then stores the corresponding font object as the
actual value of the @code{:font} attribute for that face.

  The following functions can be used to obtain information about a
font.  For these functions, the @var{font} argument can be a font
object, a font entity, or a font spec.

@defun font-get font property
This function returns the value of the font property @var{property}
for @var{font}.  The @var{property} can any of the ones that
@code{font-spec} supports.

If @var{font} is a font spec and the font spec does not specify
@var{property}, the return value is @code{nil}.  If @var{font} is a
font object or font entity, the value for the @var{:script} property
may be a list of scripts supported by the font, and the value of the
@code{:otf} property is a cons of the form @w{@code{(@var{gsub}
. @var{gpos})}}, where @var{gsub} and @var{gpos} are lists
representing OpenType features  supported by the font, of the form

@smallexample
((@var{script-tag} (@var{langsys-tag} @var{feature}@dots{}) @dots{}) @dots{})
@end smallexample

@noindent where @var{script-tag}, @var{langsys-tag}, and @var{feature}
are symbols representing OpenType layout tags.

If @var{font} is a font object, the special property
@code{:combining-capability} is non-@code{nil} if the font backend of
@var{font} supports rendering of combining characters for non-OpenType
fonts.
@end defun

@defun font-face-attributes font &optional frame
This function returns a list of face attributes corresponding to
@var{font}.  The optional argument @var{frame} specifies the frame on
which the font is to be displayed.  If it is @code{nil}, the selected
frame is used.  The return value has the form

@smallexample
(:family @var{family} :height @var{height} :weight @var{weight}
   :slant @var{slant} :width @var{width})
@end smallexample

where the values of @var{family}, @var{height}, @var{weight},
@var{slant}, and @var{width} are face attribute values.  Some of these
key-attribute pairs may be omitted from the list if they are not
specified by @var{font}.
@end defun

@defun font-xlfd-name font &optional fold-wildcards long-xlfds
This function returns the XLFD (X Logical Font Descriptor), a string,
matching @var{font}.  @xref{Fonts,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for
information about XLFDs.

If the optional argument @var{fold-wildcards} is non-@code{nil},
consecutive wildcards in the XLFD are folded into one.

If the optional argument @var{long-xlfds} is omitted or @code{nil},
then the function returns @code{nil} if the XLFD would exceed 255
characters in length; this is for compatibility with the X protocol,
which mandates that XLFDs are restricted to that length.  If
@var{long-xlfds} is non-@code{nil}, this restriction is lifted, and
the function can return XLFDs of any length.
@end defun

The following two functions return important information about a font.

@defun font-info name &optional frame
This function returns information about a font specified by its
@var{name}, a string, as it is used on @var{frame}.  If @var{frame} is
omitted or @code{nil}, it defaults to the selected frame.

The value returned by the function is a vector of the form
@code{[@var{opened-name} @var{full-name} @var{size} @var{height}
@var{baseline-offset} @var{relative-compose} @var{default-ascent}
@var{max-width} @var{ascent} @var{descent} @var{space-width}
@var{average-width} @var{filename} @var{capability}]}.  Here's the
description of each components of this vector:

@table @var
@item opened-name
The name used to open the font, a string.

@item full-name
The full name of the font, a string.

@item size
The pixel size of the font.

@item height
The height of the font in pixels.

@item baseline-offset
The offset in pixels from the @acronym{ASCII} baseline, positive
upward.

@item relative-compose
@itemx default-ascent
Numbers controlling how to compose characters.

@item max-width
The maximum advance width of the font.

@item ascent
@itemx descent
The ascent and descent of this font.  The sum of these two numbers
should be equal to the value of @var{height} above.

@item space-width
The width, in pixels, of the font's space character.

@item average-width
The average width of the font characters.  Emacs uses this for
calculating text layout on display; if the value of @var{average-width}
is zero, Emacs uses the value of @var{space-width} instead for those
purposes.

@item filename
The file name of the font as a string.  This can be @code{nil} if the
font back-end does not provide a way to find out the font's file name.

@item capability
A list whose first element is a symbol representing the font type, one
of @code{x}, @code{opentype}, @code{truetype}, @code{type1},
@code{pcf}, or @code{bdf}.  For OpenType fonts, the list includes 2
additional elements describing the @sc{gsub} and @sc{gpos} features
supported by the font.  Each of these elements is a list of the form
@code{((@var{script} (@var{langsys} @var{feature} @dots{}) @dots{})
@dots{})}, where @var{script} is a symbol representing an OpenType
script tag, @var{langsys} is a symbol representing an OpenType langsys
tag (or @code{nil}, which stands for the default langsys), and each
@var{feature} is a symbol representing an OpenType feature tag.
@end table
@end defun

@defun query-font font-object
This function returns information about a @var{font-object}.  (This is
in contrast to @code{font-info}, which takes the font name, a string,
as its argument.)

The value returned by the function is a vector of the form
@code{[@var{name} @var{filename} @var{pixel-size} @var{max-width}
@var{ascent} @var{descent} @var{space-width} @var{average-width}
@var{capability}]}.  Here's the description of each components of this
vector:

@table @var
@item name
The font name, a string.

@item filename
The file name of the font as a string.  This can be @code{nil} if the
font back-end does not provide a way to find out the font's file name.

@item pixel-size
The pixel size of the font used to open the font.

@item max-width
The maximum advance width of the font.

@item ascent
@itemx descent
The ascent and descent of this font.  The sum of these two numbers
gives the font height.

@item space-width
The width, in pixels, of the font's space character.

@item average-width
The average width of the font characters.  If this is zero, Emacs uses
the value of @var{space-width} instead, when it calculates text layout
on display.

@item capability
A list whose first element is a symbol representing the font type, one
of @code{x}, @code{opentype}, @code{truetype}, @code{type1},
@code{pcf}, or @code{bdf}.  For OpenType fonts, the list includes 2
additional elements describing the @sc{gsub} and @sc{gpos} features
supported by the font.  Each of these elements is a list of the form
@code{((@var{script} (@var{langsys} @var{feature} @dots{}) @dots{})
@dots{})}, where @var{script} is a symbol representing an OpenType
script tag, @var{langsys} is a symbol representing an OpenType langsys
tag (or @code{nil}, which stands for the default langsys), and each
@var{feature} is a symbol representing an OpenType feature tag.
@end table
@end defun

@cindex font information for layout
The following four functions return size information about fonts used
by various faces, allowing various layout considerations in Lisp
programs.  These functions take face remapping into consideration,
returning information about the remapped face, if the face in question
was remapped.  @xref{Face Remapping}.

@defun default-font-width
This function returns the average width in pixels of the font used by
the current buffer's default face, as that face is defined for the
selected frame.
@end defun

@defun default-font-height
This function returns the height in pixels of the font used by the
current buffer's default face, as that face is defined for the
selected frame.
@end defun

@defun window-font-width &optional window face
This function returns the average width in pixels for the font used by
@var{face} in @var{window}.  The specified @var{window} must be a live
window.  If @code{nil} or omitted, @var{window} defaults to the
selected window, and @var{face} defaults to the default face in
@var{window}.
@end defun

@defun window-font-height &optional window face
This function returns the height in pixels for the font used by
@var{face} in @var{window}.  The specified @var{window} must be a live
window.  If @code{nil} or omitted, @var{window} defaults to the
selected window, and @var{face} defaults to the default face in
@var{window}.
@end defun

@node Fringes
@section Fringes
@cindex fringes

  On graphical displays, Emacs draws @dfn{fringes} next to each
window: thin vertical strips down the sides which can display bitmaps
indicating truncation, continuation, horizontal scrolling, and so on.

@menu
* Fringe Size/Pos::     Specifying where to put the window fringes.
* Fringe Indicators::   Displaying indicator icons in the window fringes.
* Fringe Cursors::      Displaying cursors in the right fringe.
* Fringe Bitmaps::      Specifying bitmaps for fringe indicators.
* Customizing Bitmaps:: Specifying your own bitmaps to use in the fringes.
* Overlay Arrow::       Display of an arrow to indicate position.
@end menu

@node Fringe Size/Pos
@subsection Fringe Size and Position

  The following buffer-local variables control the position and width
of fringes in windows showing that buffer.

@defvar fringes-outside-margins
The fringes normally appear between the display margins and the window
text.  If the value is non-@code{nil}, they appear outside the display
margins.  @xref{Display Margins}.
@end defvar

@defvar left-fringe-width
This variable, if non-@code{nil}, specifies the width of the left
fringe in pixels.  A value of @code{nil} means to use the left fringe
width from the window's frame.
@end defvar

@defvar right-fringe-width
This variable, if non-@code{nil}, specifies the width of the right
fringe in pixels.  A value of @code{nil} means to use the right fringe
width from the window's frame.
@end defvar

  Any buffer which does not specify values for these variables uses
the values specified by the @code{left-fringe} and @code{right-fringe}
frame parameters (@pxref{Layout Parameters}).

  The above variables actually take effect via the function
@code{set-window-buffer} (@pxref{Buffers and Windows}), which calls
@code{set-window-fringes} as a subroutine.  If you change one of these
variables, the fringe display is not updated in existing windows
showing the buffer, unless you call @code{set-window-buffer} again in
each affected window.  You can also use @code{set-window-fringes} to
control the fringe display in individual windows.

@defun set-window-fringes window left &optional right outside-margins persistent
This function sets the fringe widths of window @var{window}.
If @var{window} is @code{nil}, the selected window is used.

The argument @var{left} specifies the width in pixels of the left
fringe, and likewise @var{right} for the right fringe.  A value of
@code{nil} for either one stands for the default width.  If
@var{outside-margins} is non-@code{nil}, that specifies that fringes
should appear outside of the display margins.

If @var{window} is not large enough to accommodate fringes of the
desired width, this leaves the fringes of @var{window} unchanged.

The values specified here may be later overridden by invoking
@code{set-window-buffer} (@pxref{Buffers and Windows}) on @var{window}
with its @var{keep-margins} argument @code{nil} or omitted.  However,
if the optional fifth argument @var{persistent} is non-@code{nil} and
the other arguments are processed successfully, the values specified
here unconditionally survive subsequent invocations of
@code{set-window-buffer}.  This can be used to permanently turn off
fringes in the minibuffer window, consult the description of
@code{set-window-scroll-bars} for an example (@pxref{Scroll Bars}).
@end defun

@defun window-fringes &optional window
This function returns information about the fringes of a window
@var{window}.  If @var{window} is omitted or @code{nil}, the selected
window is used.  The value has the form @code{(@var{left-width}
@var{right-width} @var{outside-margins} @var{persistent})}.
@end defun


@node Fringe Indicators
@subsection Fringe Indicators
@cindex fringe indicators
@cindex indicators, fringe

  @dfn{Fringe indicators} are tiny icons displayed in the window
fringe to indicate truncated or continued lines, buffer boundaries,
etc.

@defopt indicate-empty-lines
@cindex fringes, and empty line indication
@cindex empty lines, indicating
When this is non-@code{nil}, Emacs displays a special glyph in the
fringe of each empty line at the end of the buffer, on graphical
displays.  @xref{Fringes}.  This variable is automatically
buffer-local in every buffer.
@end defopt

@defopt indicate-buffer-boundaries
@cindex buffer boundaries, indicating
This buffer-local variable controls how the buffer boundaries and
window scrolling are indicated in the window fringes.

Emacs can indicate the buffer boundaries---that is, the first and last
line in the buffer---with angle icons when they appear on the screen.
In addition, Emacs can display an up-arrow in the fringe to show
that there is text above the screen, and a down-arrow to show
there is text below the screen.

There are three kinds of basic values:

@table @asis
@item @code{nil}
Don't display any of these fringe icons.
@item @code{left}
Display the angle icons and arrows in the left fringe.
@item @code{right}
Display the angle icons and arrows in the right fringe.
@item any non-alist
Display the angle icons in the left fringe
and don't display the arrows.
@end table

Otherwise the value should be an alist that specifies which fringe
indicators to display and where.  Each element of the alist should
have the form @code{(@var{indicator} . @var{position})}.  Here,
@var{indicator} is one of @code{top}, @code{bottom}, @code{up},
@code{down}, and @code{t} (which covers all the icons not yet
specified), while @var{position} is one of @code{left}, @code{right}
and @code{nil}.

For example, @code{((top . left) (t . right))} places the top angle
bitmap in left fringe, and the bottom angle bitmap as well as both
arrow bitmaps in right fringe.  To show the angle bitmaps in the left
fringe, and no arrow bitmaps, use @code{((top .  left) (bottom . left))}.
@end defopt

@defvar fringe-indicator-alist
This buffer-local variable specifies the mapping from logical fringe
indicators to the actual bitmaps displayed in the window fringes.  The
value is an alist of elements @code{(@var{indicator}
. @var{bitmaps})}, where @var{indicator} specifies a logical indicator
type and @var{bitmaps} specifies the fringe bitmaps to use for that
indicator.

  Each @var{indicator} should be one of the following symbols:

@table @asis
@item @code{truncation}, @code{continuation}.
Used for truncation and continuation lines.

@item @code{up}, @code{down}, @code{top}, @code{bottom}, @code{top-bottom}
Used when @code{indicate-buffer-boundaries} is non-@code{nil}:
@code{up} and @code{down} indicate a buffer boundary lying above or
below the window edge; @code{top} and @code{bottom} indicate the
topmost and bottommost buffer text line; and @code{top-bottom}
indicates where there is just one line of text in the buffer.

@item @code{empty-line}
Used to indicate empty lines after the buffer end when
@code{indicate-empty-lines} is non-@code{nil}.

@item @code{overlay-arrow}
Used for overlay arrows (@pxref{Overlay Arrow}).
@c Is this used anywhere?
@c @item Unknown bitmap indicator:
@c @code{unknown}.
@end table

  Each @var{bitmaps} value may be a list of symbols @code{(@var{left}
@var{right} [@var{left1} @var{right1}])}.  The @var{left} and
@var{right} symbols specify the bitmaps shown in the left and/or right
fringe, for the specific indicator.  @var{left1} and @var{right1} are
specific to the @code{bottom} and @code{top-bottom} indicators, and
are used to indicate that the last text line has no final newline.
Alternatively, @var{bitmaps} may be a single symbol which is used in
both left and right fringes.

  @xref{Fringe Bitmaps}, for a list of standard bitmap symbols and how
to define your own.  In addition, @code{nil} represents the empty
bitmap (i.e., an indicator that is not shown).

  When @code{fringe-indicator-alist} has a buffer-local value, and
there is no bitmap defined for a logical indicator, or the bitmap is
@code{t}, the corresponding value from the default value of
@code{fringe-indicator-alist} is used.
@end defvar

@node Fringe Cursors
@subsection Fringe Cursors
@cindex fringe cursors
@cindex cursor, fringe

  When a line is exactly as wide as the window, Emacs displays the
cursor in the right fringe instead of using two lines.  Different
bitmaps are used to represent the cursor in the fringe depending on
the current buffer's cursor type.

@defopt overflow-newline-into-fringe
If this is non-@code{nil}, lines exactly as wide as the window (not
counting the final newline character) are not continued.  Instead,
when point is at the end of the line, the cursor appears in the right
fringe.
@end defopt

@defvar fringe-cursor-alist
This variable specifies the mapping from logical cursor type to the
actual fringe bitmaps displayed in the right fringe.  The value is an
alist where each element has the form @code{(@var{cursor-type}
. @var{bitmap})}, which means to use the fringe bitmap @var{bitmap} to
display cursors of type @var{cursor-type}.

Each @var{cursor-type} should be one of @code{box}, @code{hollow},
@code{bar}, @code{hbar}, or @code{hollow-small}.  The first four have
the same meanings as in the @code{cursor-type} frame parameter
(@pxref{Cursor Parameters}).  The @code{hollow-small} type is used
instead of @code{hollow} when the normal @code{hollow-rectangle}
bitmap is too tall to fit on a specific display line.

Each @var{bitmap} should be a symbol specifying the fringe bitmap to
be displayed for that logical cursor type.
@iftex
See the next subsection for details.
@end iftex
@ifnottex
@xref{Fringe Bitmaps}.
@end ifnottex

@c FIXME: I can't find the fringes-indicator-alist variable.  Maybe
@c it should be fringe-indicator-alist or fringe-cursor-alist?  --xfq
When @code{fringe-cursor-alist} has a buffer-local value, and there is
no bitmap defined for a cursor type, the corresponding value from the
default value of @code{fringes-indicator-alist} is used.
@end defvar

@node Fringe Bitmaps
@subsection Fringe Bitmaps
@cindex fringe bitmaps
@cindex bitmaps, fringe

  The @dfn{fringe bitmaps} are the actual bitmaps which represent the
logical fringe indicators for truncated or continued lines, buffer
boundaries, overlay arrows, etc.  Each bitmap is represented by a
symbol.
@iftex
These symbols are referred to by the variables
@code{fringe-indicator-alist} and @code{fringe-cursor-alist},
described in the previous subsections.
@end iftex
@ifnottex
These symbols are referred to by the variable
@code{fringe-indicator-alist}, which maps fringe indicators to bitmaps
(@pxref{Fringe Indicators}), and the variable
@code{fringe-cursor-alist}, which maps fringe cursors to bitmaps
(@pxref{Fringe Cursors}).
@end ifnottex

  Lisp programs can also directly display a bitmap in the left or
right fringe, by using a @code{display} property for one of the
characters appearing in the line (@pxref{Other Display Specs}).  Such
a display specification has the form

@example
(@var{fringe} @var{bitmap} [@var{face}])
@end example

@noindent
@var{fringe} is either the symbol @code{left-fringe} or
@code{right-fringe}.  @var{bitmap} is a symbol identifying the bitmap
to display.  The optional @var{face} names a face whose foreground and
background colors are to be used to display the bitmap, using the
attributes of the @code{fringe} face for colors that @var{face} didn't
specify.  If @var{face} is omitted, that means to use the attributes
of the @code{default} face for the colors which the @code{fringe} face
didn't specify.  For predictable results that don't depend on the
attributes of the @code{default} and @code{fringe} faces, we recommend
you never omit @var{face}, but always provide a specific face.  In
particular, if you want the bitmap to be always displayed in the
@code{fringe} face, use @code{fringe} as @var{face}.

  For instance, to display an arrow in the left fringe, using the
@code{warning} face, you could say something like:

@lisp
(overlay-put
 (make-overlay (point) (point))
 'before-string (propertize
                 "x" 'display
                 `(left-fringe right-arrow warning)))
@end lisp

  Here is a list of the standard fringe bitmaps defined in Emacs, and
how they are currently used in Emacs (via
@code{fringe-indicator-alist} and @code{fringe-cursor-alist}):

@table @asis
@item @code{left-arrow}, @code{right-arrow}
Used to indicate truncated lines.

@item @code{left-curly-arrow}, @code{right-curly-arrow}
Used to indicate continued lines.

@item @code{right-triangle}, @code{left-triangle}
The former is used by overlay arrows.  The latter is unused.

@item @code{up-arrow}, @code{down-arrow}
@itemx @code{bottom-left-angle}, @code{bottom-right-angle}
@itemx @code{top-left-angle}, @code{top-right-angle}
@itemx @code{left-bracket}, @code{right-bracket}
@itemx @code{empty-line}
Used to indicate buffer boundaries.

@item @code{filled-rectangle}, @code{hollow-rectangle}
@itemx @code{filled-square}, @code{hollow-square}
@itemx @code{vertical-bar}, @code{horizontal-bar}
Used for different types of fringe cursors.

@item @code{exclamation-mark}, @code{question-mark}
@itemx @code{large-circle}
Not used by core Emacs features.
@end table

@noindent
The next subsection describes how to define your own fringe bitmaps.

@defun fringe-bitmaps-at-pos &optional pos window
This function returns the fringe bitmaps of the display line
containing position @var{pos} in window @var{window}.  The return
value has the form @code{(@var{left} @var{right} @var{ov})}, where @var{left}
is the symbol for the fringe bitmap in the left fringe (or @code{nil}
if no bitmap), @var{right} is similar for the right fringe, and @var{ov}
is non-@code{nil} if there is an overlay arrow in the left fringe.

The value is @code{nil} if @var{pos} is not visible in @var{window}.
If @var{window} is @code{nil}, that stands for the selected window.
If @var{pos} is @code{nil}, that stands for the value of point in
@var{window}.
@end defun

@node Customizing Bitmaps
@subsection Customizing Fringe Bitmaps
@cindex fringe bitmaps, customizing

@defun define-fringe-bitmap bitmap bits &optional height width align
This function defines the symbol @var{bitmap} as a new fringe bitmap,
or replaces an existing bitmap with that name.

The argument @var{bits} specifies the image to use.  It should be
either a string or a vector of integers, where each element (an
integer) corresponds to one row of the bitmap.  Each bit of an integer
corresponds to one pixel of the bitmap, where the low bit corresponds
to the rightmost pixel of the bitmap.  (Note that this order of bits
is opposite of the order in XBM images; @pxref{XBM Images}.)

The height is normally the length of @var{bits}.  However, you
can specify a different height with non-@code{nil} @var{height}.  The width
is normally 8, but you can specify a different width with non-@code{nil}
@var{width}.  The width must be an integer between 1 and 16.

The argument @var{align} specifies the positioning of the bitmap
relative to the range of rows where it is used; the default is to
center the bitmap.  The allowed values are @code{top}, @code{center},
or @code{bottom}.

The @var{align} argument may also be a list @code{(@var{align}
@var{periodic})} where @var{align} is interpreted as described above.
If @var{periodic} is non-@code{nil}, it specifies that the rows in
@code{bits} should be repeated enough times to reach the specified
height.
@end defun

@defun destroy-fringe-bitmap bitmap
This function destroys the fringe bitmap identified by @var{bitmap}.
If @var{bitmap} identifies a standard fringe bitmap, it actually
restores the standard definition of that bitmap, instead of
eliminating it entirely.
@end defun

@defun set-fringe-bitmap-face bitmap &optional face
This sets the face for the fringe bitmap @var{bitmap} to @var{face}.
If @var{face} is @code{nil}, it selects the @code{fringe} face.  The
bitmap's face controls the color to draw it in.

@var{face} is merged with the @code{fringe} face, so normally
@var{face} should specify only the foreground color.
@end defun

@node Overlay Arrow
@subsection The Overlay Arrow
@c @cindex overlay arrow  Duplicates variable names

  The @dfn{overlay arrow} is useful for directing the user's attention
to a particular line in a buffer.  For example, in the modes used for
interface to debuggers, the overlay arrow indicates the line of code
about to be executed.  This feature has nothing to do with
@dfn{overlays} (@pxref{Overlays}).

@defvar overlay-arrow-string
This variable holds the string to display to call attention to a
particular line, or @code{nil} if the arrow feature is not in use.
On a graphical display the contents of the string are ignored if the
left fringe is shown; instead a glyph is displayed in the fringe area
to the left of the display area.
@end defvar

@defvar overlay-arrow-position
This variable holds a marker that indicates where to display the overlay
arrow.  It should point at the beginning of a line.  On a non-graphical
display, or when the left fringe is not shown, the arrow text
appears at the beginning of that line, overlaying any text that would
otherwise appear.  Since the arrow is usually short, and the line
usually begins with indentation, normally nothing significant is
overwritten.

The overlay-arrow string is displayed in any given buffer if the value
of @code{overlay-arrow-position} in that buffer points into that
buffer.  Thus, it is possible to display multiple overlay arrow strings
by creating buffer-local bindings of @code{overlay-arrow-position}.
However, it is usually cleaner to use
@code{overlay-arrow-variable-list} to achieve this result.
@c !!! overlay-arrow-position: but the overlay string may remain in the display
@c of some other buffer until an update is required.  This should be fixed
@c now.  Is it?
@end defvar

  You can do a similar job by creating an overlay with a
@code{before-string} property.  @xref{Overlay Properties}.

  You can define multiple overlay arrows via the variable
@code{overlay-arrow-variable-list}.

@defvar overlay-arrow-variable-list
This variable's value is a list of variables, each of which specifies
the position of an overlay arrow.  The variable
@code{overlay-arrow-position} has its normal meaning because it is on
this list.
@end defvar

Each variable on this list can have properties
@code{overlay-arrow-string} and @code{overlay-arrow-bitmap} that
specify an overlay arrow string (for text terminals or graphical
terminals without the left fringe shown) or fringe bitmap
(for graphical terminals with a left fringe) to display at the
corresponding overlay arrow position.  If either property is not set,
the default @code{overlay-arrow-string} or @code{overlay-arrow} fringe
indicator is used.


@node Scroll Bars
@section Scroll Bars
@cindex scroll bars

Normally the frame parameter @code{vertical-scroll-bars} controls
whether the windows in the frame have vertical scroll bars, and whether
they are on the left or right.  The frame parameter
@code{scroll-bar-width} specifies how wide they are (@code{nil} meaning
the default).

   The frame parameter @code{horizontal-scroll-bars} controls whether
the windows in the frame have horizontal scroll bars.  The frame
parameter @code{scroll-bar-height} specifies how high they are
(@code{nil} meaning the default).  @xref{Layout Parameters}.

@vindex horizontal-scroll-bars-available-p
   Horizontal scroll bars are not available on all platforms.  The
function @code{horizontal-scroll-bars-available-p} which takes no
argument returns non-@code{nil} if they are available on your system.

   The following three functions take as argument a live frame which
defaults to the selected one.

@defun frame-current-scroll-bars &optional frame
This function reports the scroll bar types for frame @var{frame}.  The
value is a cons cell @code{(@var{vertical-type} .@:
@var{horizontal-type})}, where @var{vertical-type} is either
@code{left}, @code{right}, or @code{nil} (which means no vertical scroll
bar.)  @var{horizontal-type} is either @code{bottom} or @code{nil}
(which means no horizontal scroll bar).
@end defun

@defun frame-scroll-bar-width &optional frame
This function returns the width of vertical scroll bars of @var{frame}
in pixels.
@end defun

@defun frame-scroll-bar-height &optional frame
This function returns the height of horizontal scroll bars of
@var{frame} in pixels.
@end defun

You can override the frame specific settings for individual windows by
using the following function:

@defun set-window-scroll-bars window &optional width vertical-type height horizontal-type persistent
This function sets the width and/or height and the types of scroll bars
for window @var{window}.  If @var{window} is @code{nil}, the selected
window is used.

@var{width} specifies the width of the vertical scroll bar in pixels
(@code{nil} means use the width specified for the frame).
@var{vertical-type} specifies whether to have a vertical scroll bar and,
if so, where.  The possible values are @code{left}, @code{right},
@code{t}, which means to use the frame's default, and @code{nil} for no
vertical scroll bar.

@var{height} specifies the height of the horizontal scroll bar in
pixels (@code{nil} means use the height specified for the frame).
@var{horizontal-type} specifies whether to have a horizontal scroll
bar.  The possible values are @code{bottom}, @code{t}, which means to
use the frame's default, and @code{nil} for no horizontal scroll bar.
Note that for a mini window the value @code{t} has the same meaning as
@code{nil}, namely to not show a horizontal scroll bar.  You have to
explicitly specify @code{bottom} in order to show a horizontal scroll
bar in a mini window.

If @var{window} is not large enough to accommodate a scroll bar of the
desired dimension, this leaves the corresponding scroll bar unchanged.

The values specified here may be later overridden by invoking
@code{set-window-buffer} (@pxref{Buffers and Windows}) on @var{window}
with its @var{keep-margins} argument @code{nil} or omitted.  However,
if the optional fifth argument @var{persistent} is non-@code{nil} and
the other arguments are processed successfully, the values specified
here unconditionally survive subsequent invocations of
@code{set-window-buffer}.
@end defun

Using the @var{persistent} argument of @code{set-window-scroll-bars}
and @code{set-window-fringes} (@pxref{Fringe Size/Pos}) you can
reliably and permanently turn off scroll bars and/or fringes in any
minibuffer window by adding the following snippet to your early init
file (@pxref{Init File}).

@smallexample
@group
(add-hook 'after-make-frame-functions
          (lambda (frame)
            (set-window-scroll-bars
             (minibuffer-window frame) 0 nil 0 nil t)
            (set-window-fringes
             (minibuffer-window frame) 0 0 nil t)))
@end group
@end smallexample

The following four functions take as argument a live window which
defaults to the selected one.

@defun window-scroll-bars &optional window
This function returns a list of the form @code{(@var{width}
@var{columns} @var{vertical-type} @var{height} @var{lines}
@var{horizontal-type} @var{persistent})}.

The value @var{width} is the value that was specified for the width of
the vertical scroll bar (which may be @code{nil}); @var{columns} is the
(possibly rounded) number of columns that the vertical scroll bar
actually occupies.

The value @var{height} is the value that was specified for the height of
the horizontal scroll bar (which may be @code{nil}); @var{lines} is the
(possibly rounded) number of lines that the horizontally scroll bar
actually occupies.

The value of @var{persistent} is the value specified for @var{window}
with the last successful invocation of @code{set-window-scroll-bars},
@code{nil} if there never was one.
@end defun

@defun window-current-scroll-bars &optional window
This function reports the scroll bar type for window @var{window}.  The
value is a cons cell @code{(@var{vertical-type} .@:
@var{horizontal-type})}.  Unlike @code{window-scroll-bars}, this reports
the scroll bar type actually used, once frame defaults and
@code{scroll-bar-mode} are taken into account.
@end defun

@defun window-scroll-bar-width &optional window
This function returns the width in pixels of @var{window}'s vertical
scrollbar.
@end defun

@defun window-scroll-bar-height &optional window
This function returns the height in pixels of @var{window}'s horizontal
scrollbar.
@end defun

If you do not specify a window's scroll bar settings via
@code{set-window-scroll-bars}, the buffer-local variables
@code{vertical-scroll-bar}, @code{horizontal-scroll-bar},
@code{scroll-bar-width} and @code{scroll-bar-height} in the buffer being
displayed control the window's scroll bars.  The function
@code{set-window-buffer} examines these variables.  If you change them
in a buffer that is already visible in a window, you can make the window
take note of the new values by calling @code{set-window-buffer}
specifying the same buffer that is already displayed.

You can control the appearance of scroll bars for a particular buffer by
setting the following variables which automatically become buffer-local
when set.

@defvar vertical-scroll-bar
This variable specifies the location of the vertical scroll bar.  The
possible values are @code{left}, @code{right}, @code{t}, which means to
use the frame's default, and @code{nil} for no scroll bar.
@end defvar

@defvar horizontal-scroll-bar
This variable specifies the location of the horizontal scroll bar.  The
possible values are @code{bottom}, @code{t}, which means to use the
frame's default, and @code{nil} for no scroll bar.
@end defvar

@defvar scroll-bar-width
This variable specifies the width of the buffer's vertical scroll bars,
measured in pixels.  A value of @code{nil} means to use the value
specified by the frame.
@end defvar

@defvar scroll-bar-height
This variable specifies the height of the buffer's horizontal scroll
bar, measured in pixels.  A value of @code{nil} means to use the value
specified by the frame.
@end defvar

Finally you can toggle the display of scroll bars on all frames by
customizing the variables @code{scroll-bar-mode} and
@code{horizontal-scroll-bar-mode}.

@defopt scroll-bar-mode
This variable controls whether and where to put vertical scroll bars in
all frames.  The possible values are @code{nil} for no scroll bars,
@code{left} to put scroll bars on the left and @code{right} to put
scroll bars on the right.
@end defopt

@defopt horizontal-scroll-bar-mode
This variable controls whether to display horizontal scroll bars on all
frames.
@end defopt


@node Window Dividers
@section Window Dividers
@cindex window dividers
@cindex right dividers
@cindex bottom dividers

Window dividers are bars drawn between a frame's windows.  A right
divider is drawn between a window and any adjacent windows on the right.
Its width (thickness) is specified by the frame parameter
@code{right-divider-width}.  A bottom divider is drawn between a
window and adjacent windows on the bottom or the echo area.  Its width
is specified by the frame parameter @code{bottom-divider-width}.  In
either case, specifying a width of zero means to not draw such dividers.
@xref{Layout Parameters}.

   Technically, a right divider belongs to the window on its left,
which means that its width contributes to the total width of that
window.  A bottom divider belongs to the window above it, which
means that its width contributes to the total height of that window.
@xref{Window Sizes}.  When a window has both, a right and a bottom
divider, the bottom divider prevails.  This means that a bottom
divider is drawn over the full total width of its window while the right
divider ends above the bottom divider.

   Dividers can be dragged with the mouse and are therefore useful for
adjusting the sizes of adjacent windows with the mouse.  They also serve
to visually set apart adjacent windows when no scroll bars or mode lines
are present.  The following three faces allow the customization of the
appearance of dividers:

@table @code
@item window-divider
When a divider is less than three pixels wide, it is drawn solidly with
the foreground of this face.  For larger dividers this face is used for
the inner part only, excluding the first and last pixel.

@item window-divider-first-pixel
This is the face used for drawing the first pixel of a divider that is
at least three pixels wide.  To obtain a solid appearance, set this to
the same value used for the @code{window-divider} face.

@item window-divider-last-pixel
This is the face used for drawing the last pixel of a divider that is at
least three pixels wide.  To obtain a solid appearance, set this to the
same value used for the @code{window-divider} face.
@end table

You can get the sizes of the dividers of a specific window with the
following two functions.

@defun window-right-divider-width &optional window
Return the width (thickness) in pixels of @var{window}'s right divider.
@var{window} must be a live window and defaults to the selected one.
The return value is always zero for a rightmost window.
@end defun

@defun window-bottom-divider-width &optional window
Return the width (thickness) in pixels of @var{window}'s bottom divider.
@var{window} must be a live window and defaults to the selected one.
The return value is zero for the minibuffer window or a bottommost
window on a minibuffer-less frame.
@end defun


@node Display Property
@section The @code{display} Property
@cindex display specification
@cindex display property
@kindex display @r{(text property)}

  The @code{display} text property (or overlay property) is used to
insert images into text, and to control other aspects of how text
displays.  Display specifications in the same @code{display}
property value generally apply in parallel to the text they cover.

  If several sources (overlays and/or a text property) specify values
for the @code{display} property, only one of the values takes effect,
following the rules of @code{get-char-property}.  @xref{Examining
Properties}.

  The value of the @code{display} property should be a display
specification, or a list or vector containing several display
specifications.

@defun get-display-property position spec &optional object properties
This convenience function can be used to get the value of a specific
display specification, no matter whether the @code{display} property is
a vector, a list or a single display specification.  This is like
@code{get-text-property} (@pxref{Examining Properties}), but works on
the @code{display} property only.  For specifications with a single
value (e.g.@: @code{height}), this returns the value itself; for
properties with a list of values (e.g.@: @code{slice}), this returns the
list of values.

@var{position} is the position in the buffer or string to examine, and
@var{spec} is the @sc{car} of the display specification to return.  The
optional @var{object} argument should be either a string or a buffer,
and defaults to the current buffer.  If the optional @var{properties}
argument is non-@code{nil}, it should be a @code{display} property, and
in that case, @var{position} and @var{object} are ignored.  (This can be
useful if you've already gotten the @code{display} property with
@code{get-char-property}, for instance (@pxref{Examining Properties}).
@end defun

@defun add-display-text-property start end spec value &optional object
Add the display specification @code{(@var{prop} @var{value})} to the
text from @var{start} to @var{end}.

If any text in the region has a non-@code{nil} @code{display}
property, those properties are retained.  For instance:

@lisp
(add-display-text-property 4 8 'height 2.0)
(add-display-text-property 2 12 'raise 0.5)
@end lisp

After doing this, the region from 2 to 4 will have the @code{raise}
display specification, the region from 4 to 8 will have both the
@code{raise} and @code{height} display specifications, and finally the
region from 8 to 12 will only have the @code{raise} display
specification.

@var{object} is either a string or a buffer to add the specification to.
If omitted, @var{object} defaults to the current buffer.
@end defun

@defun remove-display-text-property start end spec &optional object
Remove the display specification @var{spec} from the text from
@var{start} to @var{end}.  @var{spec} is the @sc{car} of the display
specification to remove, e.g.@: @code{height} or @code{'(margin nil)}.

If any text in the region has any other @code{display} properties, those
properties are retained.  For instance:

@lisp
@group
(add-display-text-property 1 8 'raise 0.5)
(add-display-text-property 4 8 'height 2.0)
(remove-display-text-property 2 6 'raise)
@end group
@end lisp

After doing this, the text will have the following @code{display}
properties:

@itemize @bullet
@item
The region from 1 to 2, only @code{raise}

@item
The region from 2 to 4, no properties

@item
The region from 4 to 6, only @code{height}

@item
The region from 6 to 8, both @code{raise} and @code{height}

@end itemize

@var{object} is either a string or a buffer to remove the specification
from. If omitted, @var{object} defaults to the current buffer.
@end defun

@cindex display property, unsafe evaluation
@cindex security, and display specifications
  Some of the display specifications allow inclusion of Lisp forms,
which are evaluated at display time.  This could be unsafe in certain
situations, e.g., when the display specification was generated by some
external program/agent.  Wrapping a display specification in a list
that begins with the special symbol @code{disable-eval}, as in
@w{@code{(disable-eval @var{spec})}}, will disable evaluation of any
Lisp in @var{spec}, while still supporting all the other display
property features.

  The rest of this section describes several kinds of
display specifications and what they mean.

@menu
* Replacing Specs::      Display specs that replace the text.
* Specified Space::      Displaying one space with a specified width.
* Pixel Specification::  Specifying space width or height in pixels.
* Other Display Specs::     Displaying an image; adjusting the height,
                              spacing, and other properties of text.
* Display Margins::     Displaying text or images to the side of the main text.
@end menu

@node Replacing Specs
@subsection Display Specs That Replace The Text
@cindex replacing display specs

  Some kinds of display specifications specify something to display
instead of the text that has the property.  These are called
@dfn{replacing} display specifications.  Emacs does not allow the user
to interactively move point into the middle of buffer text that is
replaced in this way.

@cindex display properties, and invisible text
@cindex composition property, and replacing display specs
  If a list of display specifications includes more than one replacing
display specification, the first overrides the rest.  Replacing
display specifications make most other display specifications
irrelevant, since those don't apply to the replacement.  In addition,
any @code{invisible} and @code{composition} properties of the text that
is replaced are ignored, because the replaced text is skipped and its
properties are not processed.

  For replacing display specifications, @dfn{the text that has the
property} means all the consecutive characters that have the same
Lisp object as their @code{display} property; these characters are
replaced as a single unit.  If two characters have different Lisp
objects as their @code{display} properties (i.e., objects which are
not @code{eq}), they are handled separately.

  Here is an example which illustrates this point.  A string serves as
a replacing display specification, which replaces the text that has
the property with the specified string (@pxref{Other Display Specs}).
Consider the following function:

@smallexample
(defun foo ()
  (dotimes (i 5)
    (let ((string (concat "A"))
          (start (+ i i (point-min))))
      (put-text-property start (1+ start) 'display string)
      (put-text-property start (+ 2 start) 'display string))))
@end smallexample

@noindent
This function gives each of the first ten characters in the buffer a
@code{display} property which is a string @code{"A"}, but they don't
all get the same string object.  The first two characters get the same
string object, so they are replaced with one @samp{A}; the fact that
the display property was assigned in two separate calls to
@code{put-text-property} is irrelevant.  Similarly, the next two
characters get a second string (@code{concat} creates a new string
object), so they are replaced with one @samp{A}; and so on.  Thus, the
ten characters appear as five A's.

@cindex box face attribute, and @code{display} properties
Note: Using @code{:box} face attribute (@pxref{Face Attributes}) on a
replacing @code{display} string that is adjacent to normal text with
the same @code{:box} style can lead to display artifacts when moving
the cursor across the text with this face attribute.  These can be
avoided by applying the @code{:box} attribute directly to the text
being replaced, rather than (or in addition to) the @code{display}
string itself.  Here's an example:

@smallexample
@group
;; Causes display artifacts when moving the cursor across text
(progn
  (put-text-property 1 2 'display (propertize "  [" 'face '(:box t)))
  (put-text-property 2 3 'face '(:box t))
  (put-text-property 3 4 'display (propertize "]  " 'face '(:box t))))
@end group

@group
;; No display artifacts due to `:box'
(progn
  (add-text-properties 1 2 '(face (:box t) display "  ["))
  (put-text-property 2 3 'face '(:box t))
  (add-text-properties 3 4 '(face (:box t) display "]  ")))
@end group
@end smallexample


@node Specified Space
@subsection Specified Spaces
@cindex spaces, specified height or width
@cindex variable-width spaces

  To display a space of specified width and/or height, use a display
specification of the form @code{(space . @var{props})}, where
@var{props} is a property list (a list of alternating properties and
values).  You can put this property on one or more consecutive
characters; a space of the specified height and width is displayed in
place of @emph{all} of those characters.  These are the properties you
can use in @var{props} to specify the weight of the space:

@table @code
@item :width @var{width}
If @var{width} is a number, it specifies
that the space width should be @var{width} times the normal character
width.  @var{width} can also be a @dfn{pixel width} specification
(@pxref{Pixel Specification}).

@item :relative-width @var{factor}
Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the
first character in the group of consecutive characters that have the
same @code{display} property.  The space width is the pixel width of
that character, multiplied by @var{factor}.  (On text-mode terminals,
the ``pixel width'' of a character is usually 1, but it could be more
for TABs and double-width CJK characters.)

@item :align-to @var{hpos}
Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach the column
@var{hpos}.  If @var{hpos} is a number, it is a column number, and is
measured in units of the canonical character width (@pxref{Frame
Font}).  @var{hpos} can also be a @dfn{pixel width} specification
(@pxref{Pixel Specification}).  When the current line is wider than
the window, and is either displayed by one or more continuation lines,
or is truncated and possibly scrolled horizontally (@pxref{Horizontal
Scrolling}), @var{hpos} is measured from the beginning of the logical
line, not from the visual beginning of the screen line.  This way,
alignment produced by @code{:align-to} is consistent with functions
that count columns, such as @code{current-column} and
@code{move-to-column} (@pxref{Columns}).  (There's a single exception
from this rule: when @code{:align-to} is used to specify whitespace of
the @code{wrap-prefix} variable or text property, @pxref{Truncation}.)
@end table

  You should use one and only one of the above properties.  You can
also specify the height of the space, with these properties:

@table @code
@item :height @var{height}
Specifies the height of the space.
If @var{height} is a number, it specifies
that the space height should be @var{height} times the normal character
height.  The @var{height} may also be a @dfn{pixel height} specification
(@pxref{Pixel Specification}).

@item :relative-height @var{factor}
Specifies the height of the space, multiplying the ordinary height
of the text having this display specification by @var{factor}.

@item :ascent @var{ascent}
If the value of @var{ascent} is a non-negative number no greater than
100, it specifies that @var{ascent} percent of the height of the space
should be considered as the ascent of the space---that is, the part
above the baseline.  The ascent may also be specified in pixel units
with a @dfn{pixel ascent} specification (@pxref{Pixel Specification}).

@end table

  Don't use both @code{:height} and @code{:relative-height} together.

  The @code{:width} and @code{:align-to} properties are supported on
non-graphic terminals, but the other space properties in this section
are not.

  Note that space properties are treated as paragraph separators for
the purposes of reordering bidirectional text for display.
@xref{Bidirectional Display}, for the details.

@node Pixel Specification
@subsection Pixel Specification for Spaces
@cindex spaces, pixel specification

  The value of the @code{:width}, @code{:align-to}, @code{:height},
and @code{:ascent} properties can be a special kind of expression that
is evaluated during redisplay.  The result of the evaluation is used
as an absolute number of pixels.

  The following expressions are supported:

@smallexample
@group
  @var{expr} ::= @var{num} | (@var{num}) | @var{unit} | @var{elem} | @var{pos} | @var{image} | @var{xwidget} | @var{form}
  @var{num}  ::= @var{integer} | @var{float} | @var{symbol}
  @var{unit} ::= in | mm | cm | width | height
@end group
@group
  @var{elem} ::= left-fringe | right-fringe | left-margin | right-margin
        |  scroll-bar | text
  @var{pos}  ::= left | center | right
  @var{form} ::= (@var{num} . @var{expr}) | (@var{op} @var{expr} ...)
  @var{op}   ::= + | -
@end group
@end smallexample

  The form @var{num} specifies a fraction of the default frame font
height or width.  The form @code{(@var{num})} specifies an absolute
number of pixels.  If @var{num} is a symbol, @var{symbol}, its
buffer-local variable binding is used; that binding can be either a
number or a cons cell of the forms shown above (including yet another
cons cell whose @code{car} is a symbol that has a buffer-local
binding).

  The @code{in}, @code{mm}, and @code{cm} units specify the number of
pixels per inch, millimeter, and centimeter, respectively.  The
@code{width} and @code{height} units correspond to the default width
and height of the current face.  An image specification of the form
@w{@code{(image . @var{props})}} (@pxref{Image Descriptors})
corresponds to the width or height of the specified image.  Similarly,
an xwidget specification of the form @w{@code{(xwidget . @var{props})}}
stands for the width or height of the specified xwidget.
@xref{Xwidgets}.

  The elements @code{left-fringe}, @code{right-fringe},
@code{left-margin}, @code{right-margin}, @code{scroll-bar}, and
@code{text} specify the width of the corresponding area of the window.
When the window displays line numbers (@pxref{Size of Displayed
Text}), the width of the @code{text} area is decreased by the screen
space taken by the line-number display.

  The @code{left}, @code{center}, and @code{right} positions can be
used with @code{:align-to} to specify a position relative to the left
edge, center, or right edge of the text area.  When the window
displays line numbers, and @code{:align-to} is used in display
properties of buffer text (as opposed to header line, see below), the
@code{left} and the @code{center} positions are offset to account for
the screen space taken by the line-number display.

  Any of the above window elements (except @code{text}) can also be
used with @code{:align-to} to specify that the position is relative to
the left edge of the given area.  Once the base offset for a relative
position has been set (by the first occurrence of one of these
symbols), further occurrences of these symbols are interpreted as the
width of the specified area.  For example, to align to the center of
the left-margin, use

@example
:align-to (+ left-margin (0.5 . left-margin))
@end example

  If no specific base offset is set for alignment, it is always
relative to the left edge of the text area.  For example,
@samp{:align-to 0} aligns with the first text column in the text area.
When the window displays line numbers, the text is considered to start
where the space used for line-number display ends.

  A value of the form @code{(@var{num} . @var{expr})} stands for the
product of the values of @var{num} and @var{expr}.  For example,
@code{(2 . in)} specifies a width of 2 inches, while @code{(0.5 .
@var{image})} specifies half the width (or height) of the specified
@var{image} (which should be given by its image spec).

  The form @code{(+ @var{expr} ...)} adds up the value of the
expressions.  The form @code{(- @var{expr} ...)} negates or subtracts
the value of the expressions.

@vindex header-line-format@r{, and } :align-to
@cindex aligning header line, when line numbers are displayed
@cindex header line alignment when line numbers are displayed
  Text shown in the header line that uses @code{:align-to} display
specifications is not automatically realigned when
@code{display-line-numbers-mode} is turned on and off, or when the
width of line numbers on display changes.  To arrange for the
header-line text alignment to be updated, thus keeping the header-line
text aligned with the buffer text, turn on the
@code{header-line-indent-mode} in the buffer and use its two
variables, @code{header-line-indent} and
@code{header-line-indent-width}, in the display specification.
@xref{Header Lines}.  Here's a simple example:

@lisp
(setq header-line-format
      (concat (propertize " "
                          'display
                          '(space :align-to
                                  (+ header-line-indent-width 10)))
              "Column"))
@end lisp

@noindent
This will keep the text @samp{Column} on the header line aligned with
column 10 of buffer text, regardless of whether
@code{display-line-numbers-mode} is on or off, and also when
line-number display changes its width.

@node Other Display Specs
@subsection Other Display Specifications

  Here are the other sorts of display specifications that you can use
in the @code{display} text property.

@table @code
@item @var{string}
Display @var{string} instead of the text that has this property.

Recursive display specifications are not supported---@var{string}'s
@code{display} properties, if any, are not used.

@item (image . @var{image-props})
This kind of display specification is an image descriptor (@pxref{Image Descriptors}).
When used as a display specification, it means to display the image
instead of the text that has the display specification.

@item (slice @var{x} @var{y} @var{width} @var{height})
This specification together with @code{image} specifies a @dfn{slice}
(a partial area) of the image to display.  More precisely, the
specification should have the following form:

@lisp
 ((slice @var{x} @var{y} @var{width} @var{height}) @var{image-desc})
@end lisp

@noindent
where @var{image-desc} is an image descriptor described above.  The
elements @var{x} and @var{y} specify the top left corner of the slice,
within the image; @var{width} and @var{height} specify the width and
height of the slice.  Integers are numbers of pixels.  A floating-point
number in the range 0.0--1.0 stands for that fraction of the width or
height of the entire image.

@item ((margin nil) @var{string})
A display specification of this form means to display @var{string}
instead of the text that has the display specification, at the same
position as that text.  It is equivalent to using just @var{string},
but it is done as a special case of marginal display (@pxref{Display
Margins}).

@item (left-fringe @var{bitmap} @r{[}@var{face}@r{]})
@itemx (right-fringe @var{bitmap} @r{[}@var{face}@r{]})
This display specification on any character of a line of text causes
the specified @var{bitmap} be displayed in the left or right fringes
for that line, instead of the characters that have the display
specification.  The optional @var{face} specifies the face whose
colors are to be used for the bitmap display.  @xref{Fringe Bitmaps},
for the details.

It also possible to add context help for fringe bitmaps through the
@code{show-help-function} mechanism by using @code{left-fringe-help} and
@code{right-fringe-help} text properties (@pxref{Special Properties}).

@item (space-width @var{factor})
This display specification affects all the space characters within the
text that has the specification.  It displays all of these spaces
@var{factor} times as wide as normal.  The element @var{factor} should
be an integer or float.  Characters other than spaces are not affected
at all; in particular, this has no effect on tab characters.

@item (min-width (@var{width}))
This display specification ensures the text that has it takes at least
@var{width} space on display, by adding a stretch of white space to
the end of the text if the text is shorter than @var{width}.  The text
is partitioned using the identity of the parameter, which is why the
parameter is a list with one element.  For instance:

@lisp
(insert (propertize "foo" 'display '(min-width (6.0))))
@end lisp

This will add padding after @samp{foo} bringing the total width up to
the width of six normal characters.  Note that the affected characters
are identified by the @code{(6.0)} list in the display property,
compared with @code{eq}.  The element @var{width} can be either an
integer or a float specifying the required minimum width of the text
(@pxref{Pixel Specification}).

@item (height @var{height})
This display specification makes the text taller or shorter.
Here are the possibilities for @var{height}:

@table @asis
@item @code{(+ @var{n})}
@c FIXME: Add an index for "step"?  --xfq
This means to use a font that is @var{n} steps larger.  A @dfn{step} is
defined by the set of available fonts---specifically, those that match
what was otherwise specified for this text, in all attributes except
height.  Each size for which a suitable font is available counts as
another step.  @var{n} should be an integer.

@item @code{(- @var{n})}
This means to use a font that is @var{n} steps smaller.

@item a number, @var{factor}
A number, @var{factor}, means to use a font that is @var{factor} times
as tall as the default font.

@item a symbol, @var{function}
A symbol is a function to compute the height.  It is called with the
current height as argument, and should return the new height to use.

@item anything else, @var{form}
If the @var{height} value doesn't fit the previous possibilities, it is
a form.  Emacs evaluates it to get the new height, with the symbol
@code{height} bound to the current specified font height.
@end table

@item (raise @var{factor})
This kind of display specification raises or lowers the text
it applies to, relative to the baseline of the line.  It is mainly
meant to support display of subscripts and superscripts.

The @var{factor} must be a number, which is interpreted as a multiple
of the height of the affected text.  If it is positive, that means to
display the characters raised.  If it is negative, that means to
display them lower down.

Note that if the text also has a @code{height} display specification,
which was specified before (i.e.@: to the left of) @code{raise}, the
latter will affect the amount of raising or lowering in pixels,
because that is based on the height of the text being raised.
Therefore, if you want to display a sub- or superscript that is
smaller than the normal text height, consider specifying @code{raise}
before @code{height}.
@end table

@c We put all the '@code{(when ...)}' on one line to encourage
@c makeinfo's end-of-sentence heuristics to DTRT.  Previously, the dot
@c was at eol; the info file ended up with two spaces rendered after it.
  You can make any display specification conditional.  To do that,
package it in another list of the form
@code{(when @var{condition} . @var{spec})}.
Then the specification @var{spec} applies only when
@var{condition} evaluates to a non-@code{nil} value.  During the
evaluation, @code{object} is bound to the string or buffer having the
conditional @code{display} property.  @code{position} and
@code{buffer-position} are bound to the position within @code{object}
and the buffer position where the @code{display} property was found,
respectively.  Both positions can be different when @code{object} is a
string.

Note that @var{condition} will only be evaluated when redisplay
examines the text where this display spec is located, so this feature
is best suited for conditions that are relatively stable, i.e.@:
yield, for each particular buffer position, the same results on every
evaluation.  If the results change for the same text location, e.g.,
if the result depends on the position of point, then the conditional
specification might not do what you want, because redisplay examines
only those parts of buffer text where it has reasons to assume that
something changed since the last display cycle.

@node Display Margins
@subsection Displaying in the Margins
@cindex display margins
@cindex margins, display

  A buffer can have blank areas called @dfn{display margins} on the
left and on the right.  Ordinary text never appears in these areas,
but you can put things into the display margins using the
@code{display} property.

  The way to display something in the margins is to specify it in a
margin display specification in the @code{display} property of some
text.  This is a replacing display specification, meaning that the
text you put it on does not get displayed; the margin display appears,
but that text does not.

  A margin display specification looks like @code{((margin
right-margin) @var{spec})} or @code{((margin left-margin) @var{spec})}.
Here, @var{spec} is another display specification that says what to
display in the margin.  Typically it is a string of text to display,
or an image descriptor.

  To display something in the margin @emph{in association with}
certain buffer text, without altering or preventing the display of
that text, put on that text an overlay with a @code{before-string}
property, and put the margin display specification on the contents of
the before-string.

  Note that if the string to be displayed in the margin doesn't
specify a face, its face is determined using the same rules and
priorities as it is for strings displayed in the text area
(@pxref{Displaying Faces}).  If this results in undesirable
``leaking'' of faces into the margin, make sure the string has an
explicit face specified for it.

  Before the display margins can display anything, you must give
them a nonzero width.  The usual way to do that is to set these
variables:

@defvar left-margin-width
This variable specifies the width of the left margin, in character
cell (a.k.a.@: ``column'') units.  It is buffer-local in all buffers.
A value of @code{nil} means no left marginal area.
@end defvar

@defvar right-margin-width
This variable specifies the width of the right margin, in character
cell units.  It is buffer-local in all buffers.  A value of @code{nil}
means no right marginal area.
@end defvar

  Setting these variables does not immediately affect the window.  These
variables are checked when a new buffer is displayed in the window.
Thus, you can make changes take effect by calling
@code{set-window-buffer}.  Do not use these variables to try to
determine the current width of the left or right margin.  Instead, use
the function @code{window-margins}.

  You can also set the margin widths immediately.

@defun set-window-margins window left &optional right
This function specifies the margin widths for window @var{window}, in
character cell units.  The argument @var{left} controls the left
margin, and @var{right} controls the right margin (default @code{0}).

If @var{window} is not large enough to accommodate margins of the
desired width, this leaves the margins of @var{window} unchanged.

The values specified here may be later overridden by invoking
@code{set-window-buffer} (@pxref{Buffers and Windows}) on @var{window}
with its @var{keep-margins} argument @code{nil} or omitted.
@end defun

@defun window-margins &optional window
This function returns the width of the left and right margins of
@var{window} as a cons cell of the form @w{@code{(@var{left}
. @var{right})}}.  If one of the two marginal areas does not exist,
its width is returned as @code{nil}; if neither of the two margins exist,
the function returns @code{(nil)}.  If @var{window} is @code{nil}, the
selected window is used.
@end defun

@node Images
@section Images
@cindex images in buffers

  To display an image in an Emacs buffer, you must first create an image
descriptor, then use it as a display specifier in the @code{display}
property of text that is displayed (@pxref{Display Property}).

  Emacs is usually able to display images when it is run on a
graphical terminal.  Images cannot be displayed in a text terminal, on
certain graphical terminals that lack the support for this, or if
Emacs is compiled without image support.  You can use the function
@code{display-images-p} to determine if images can in principle be
displayed (@pxref{Display Feature Testing}).

@menu
* Image Formats::       Supported image formats.
* Image Descriptors::   How to specify an image for use in @code{:display}.
* XBM Images::          Special features for XBM format.
* XPM Images::          Special features for XPM format.
* ImageMagick Images::  Special features available through ImageMagick.
* SVG Images::          Creating and manipulating SVG images.
* Other Image Types::   Various other formats are supported.
* Defining Images::     Convenient ways to define an image for later use.
* Showing Images::      Convenient ways to display an image once it is defined.
* Multi-Frame Images::  Some images contain more than one frame.
* Image Cache::         Internal mechanisms of image display.
@end menu

@node Image Formats
@subsection Image Formats
@cindex image formats
@cindex image types

  Emacs can display a number of different image formats.  Some of
these image formats are supported only if particular support libraries
are installed.  On some platforms, Emacs can load support libraries on
demand; if so, the variable @code{dynamic-library-alist} can be used
to modify the set of known names for these dynamic libraries.
@xref{Dynamic Libraries}.

  Supported image formats (and the required support libraries) include
PBM and XBM (which do not depend on support libraries and are always
available), XPM (@code{libXpm}), GIF (@code{libgif} or
@code{libungif}), JPEG (@code{libjpeg}), TIFF (@code{libtiff}), PNG
(@code{libpng}), SVG (@code{librsvg}), and WebP (@code{libwebp}).

  Each of these image formats is associated with an @dfn{image type
symbol}.  The symbols for the above formats are, respectively,
@code{pbm}, @code{xbm}, @code{xpm}, @code{gif}, @code{jpeg},
@code{tiff}, @code{png}, @code{svg}, and @code{webp}.

  On some platforms, the built-in image support that doesn't require
any optional libraries includes BMP images.@footnote{
On MS-Windows, this requires @code{w32-use-native-image-API} to be set
non-@code{nil}.
}

  Furthermore, if you build Emacs with ImageMagick
(@code{libMagickWand}) support, Emacs can display any image format
that ImageMagick can.  @xref{ImageMagick Images}.  All images
displayed via ImageMagick have type symbol @code{imagemagick}.

@defvar image-types
This variable contains a list of type symbols for image formats which
are potentially supported in the current configuration.

``Potentially'' means that Emacs knows about the image types, not
necessarily that they can be used (for example, they could depend on
unavailable dynamic libraries).  To know which image types are really
available, use @code{image-type-available-p}.
@end defvar

@defun image-type-available-p type
This function returns non-@code{nil} if images of type @var{type} can
be loaded and displayed.  @var{type} must be an image type symbol.

For image types whose support libraries are statically linked, this
function always returns @code{t}.  For image types whose support
libraries are dynamically loaded, it returns @code{t} if the library
could be loaded and @code{nil} otherwise.
@end defun

@node Image Descriptors
@subsection Image Descriptors
@cindex image descriptor

  An @dfn{image descriptor} is a list which specifies the underlying
data for an image, and how to display it.  It is typically used as the
value of a @code{display} overlay or text property (@pxref{Other
Display Specs}); but @xref{Showing Images}, for convenient helper
functions to insert images into buffers.

  Each image descriptor has the form @code{(image . @var{props})},
where @var{props} is a property list of alternating keyword symbols
and values, including at least the pair @code{:type @var{type}} that
specifies the image type.

  Image descriptors which define image dimensions, @code{:width},
@code{:height}, @code{:max-width} and @code{:max-height}, may take
either an integer, which represents the dimension in pixels, or a pair
@code{(@var{value} . em)}, where @var{value} is the dimension's
length in @dfn{ems}@footnote{In typography an em is a distance
equivalent to the height of the type.  For example when using 12 point
type 1 em is equal to 12 points.  Its use ensures distances and type
remain proportional.}.  One em is equivalent to the size of the font
and @var{value} may be an integer or a float.  Also, dimension can be
specified in @code{(@var{value} . ch)} and @code{(@var{value} . cw)}
forms, where @code{ch} means height of the canonical character and
@code{cw} means width of the canonical character.

  The following is a list of properties that are meaningful for all
image types (there are also properties which are meaningful only for
certain image types, as documented in the following subsections):

@table @code
@item :type @var{type}
The image type.
@ifnottex
@xref{Image Formats}.
@end ifnottex
Every image descriptor must include this property.

@item :file @var{file}
This says to load the image from file @var{file}.  If @var{file} is
not an absolute file name, it is expanded relative to each of the
directories mentioned by @code{image-load-path} (@pxref{Defining
Images}).

@item :data @var{data}
This specifies the raw image data.  Each image descriptor must have
either @code{:data} or @code{:file}, but not both.

For most image types, the value of a @code{:data} property should be a
string containing the image data.  Some image types do not support
@code{:data}; for some others, @code{:data} alone is not enough, so
you need to use other image properties along with @code{:data}.  See
the following subsections for details.

@item :margin @var{margin}
This specifies how many pixels to add as an extra margin around the
image.  The value, @var{margin}, must be a non-negative number, or a
pair @code{(@var{x} . @var{y})} of such numbers.  If it is a pair,
@var{x} specifies how many pixels to add horizontally, and @var{y}
specifies how many pixels to add vertically.  If @code{:margin} is not
specified, the default is zero.

@item :ascent @var{ascent}
This specifies the amount of the image's height to use for its
ascent---that is, the part above the baseline.  The value,
@var{ascent}, must be a number in the range 0 to 100, or the symbol
@code{center}.

If @var{ascent} is a number, that percentage of the image's height is
used for its ascent.

If @var{ascent} is @code{center}, the image is vertically centered
around a centerline which would be the vertical centerline of text drawn
at the position of the image, in the manner specified by the text
properties and overlays that apply to the image.

If this property is omitted, it defaults to 50.

@item :relief @var{relief}
This adds a shadow rectangle around the image.  The value,
@var{relief}, specifies the width of the shadow lines, in pixels.  If
@var{relief} is negative, shadows are drawn so that the image appears
as a pressed button; otherwise, it appears as an unpressed button.

@item :width @var{width}, :height @var{height}
The @code{:width} and @code{:height} keywords are used for scaling the
image.  If only one of them is specified, the other one will be
calculated so as to preserve the aspect ratio.  If both are specified,
aspect ratio may not be preserved.

@item :max-width @var{max-width}, :max-height @var{max-height}
The @code{:max-width} and @code{:max-height} keywords are used for
scaling if the size of the image exceeds these values.  If
@code{:width} is set, it will have precedence over @code{max-width},
and if @code{:height} is set, it will have precedence over
@code{max-height}, but you can otherwise mix these keywords as you
wish.

If both @code{:max-width} and @code{:height} are specified, but
@code{:width} is not, preserving the aspect ratio might require that
width exceeds @code{:max-width}.  If this happens, scaling will use a
smaller value for the height so as to preserve the aspect ratio while
not exceeding @code{:max-width}.  Similarly when both
@code{:max-height} and @code{:width} are specified, but @code{:height}
is not.  For example, if you have a 200x100 image and specify that
@code{:width} should be 400 and @code{:max-height} should be 150,
you'll end up with an image that is 300x150: Preserving the aspect
ratio and not exceeding the ``max'' setting.  This combination of
parameters is a useful way of saying ``display this image as large as
possible, but no larger than the available display area''.

@item :scale @var{scale}
This should be a scaling factor for the image, a number.  Values higher
than 1 mean to increase the image size, and lower values mean to
decrease the size, by multiplying both the width and height of the image
by the factor.  For instance, a value of 0.25 will make the image a
quarter size of what it originally was.  If the scaling makes the image
larger than specified by @code{:max-width} or @code{:max-height}, the
resulting size will not exceed those two values.  If both @code{:scale}
and @code{:height}/@code{:width} are specified, the height/width will be
adjusted by the specified scaling factor.

@vindex image-scaling-factor
The value of @var{scale} can also be the symbol @code{default}, which
means to use the value of @code{image-scaling-factor}.  If that value is
a number, it is the scale factor to use; if it is @code{auto} (the
default), it means to compute the scaling factor based on pixel size of
the font used by the frame's default face (@pxref{Low-Level Font}).
Specifically, if the pixel width of the default face's font is greater
than 10, the image is enlarged by the factor computed as the ratio of
the font width to 10; if the font width is 10 pixels or less, the image
is not scaled.  For example, if the default font's width is 15, the
image will be scaled by the factor 1.5.

If @var{scale} is not provided, @code{create-image} scales the image
according to the value of @code{image-scaling-factor}.

@item :rotation @var{angle}
Specifies a rotation angle in degrees.  Only multiples of 90 degrees
are supported, unless the image type is @code{imagemagick}.  Positive
values rotate clockwise, negative values counter-clockwise.  Rotation
is performed after scaling and cropping.

@item :flip @var{flip}
If this is @code{t}, the image will be horizontally flipped.
Currently it has no effect if the image type is @code{imagemagick}.
Vertical flipping can be achieved by rotating the image 180 degrees
and toggling this value.

@item :transform-smoothing @var{smooth}
If this is @code{t}, any image transform will have smoothing applied;
if @code{nil}, no smoothing will be applied.  The exact algorithm used
is platform dependent, but should be equivalent to bilinear
filtering.  Disabling smoothing will use the nearest neighbor
algorithm.

@vindex image-transform-smoothing
If this property is not specified, @code{create-image} will use the
@code{image-transform-smoothing} user option to say whether smoothing
should be done or not.  This option can be @code{nil} (no smoothing),
@code{t} (use smoothing) or a predicate function that's called with
the image object as the only parameter, and should return either
@code{nil} or @code{t}.  The default is for down-scaling to apply
smoothing, and for large up-scaling to not apply smoothing.

@item :index @var{frame}
@xref{Multi-Frame Images}.

@item :conversion @var{algorithm}
This specifies a conversion algorithm that should be applied to the
image before it is displayed; the value, @var{algorithm}, specifies
which algorithm.

@table @code
@item laplace
@itemx emboss
Specifies the Laplace edge detection algorithm, which blurs out small
differences in color while highlighting larger differences.  People
sometimes consider this useful for displaying the image for a
disabled button.

@item (edge-detection :matrix @var{matrix} :color-adjust @var{adjust})
@cindex edge detection, images
Specifies a general edge-detection algorithm.  @var{matrix} must be
either a nine-element list or a nine-element vector of numbers.  A pixel
at position @math{x/y} in the transformed image is computed from
original pixels around that position.  @var{matrix} specifies, for each
pixel in the neighborhood of @math{x/y}, a factor with which that pixel
will influence the transformed pixel; element @math{0} specifies the
factor for the pixel at @math{x-1/y-1}, element @math{1} the factor for
the pixel at @math{x/y-1} etc., as shown below:
@iftex
@tex
$$\pmatrix{x-1/y-1 & x/y-1  & x+1/y-1 \cr
   x-1/y  &   x/y &    x+1/y \cr
   x-1/y+1&   x/y+1 &  x+1/y+1 \cr}$$
@end tex
@end iftex
@ifnottex
@display
  (x-1/y-1  x/y-1  x+1/y-1
   x-1/y    x/y    x+1/y
   x-1/y+1  x/y+1  x+1/y+1)
@end display
@end ifnottex

The resulting pixel is computed from the color intensity of the color
resulting from summing up the RGB values of surrounding pixels,
multiplied by the specified factors, and dividing that sum by the sum
of the factors' absolute values.

Laplace edge-detection currently uses a matrix of
@iftex
@tex
$$\pmatrix{1 & 0 & 0 \cr
   0&  0 &  0 \cr
   0 & 0 & -1 \cr}$$
@end tex
@end iftex
@ifnottex
@display
  (1  0  0
   0  0  0
   0  0 -1)
@end display
@end ifnottex

Emboss edge-detection uses a matrix of
@iftex
@tex
$$\pmatrix{ 2 & -1 &  0 \cr
   -1 &  0 &  1 \cr
    0  & 1 & -2 \cr}$$
@end tex
@end iftex
@ifnottex
@display
  ( 2 -1  0
   -1  0  1
    0  1 -2)
@end display
@end ifnottex

@item disabled
Specifies transforming the image so that it looks disabled.
@end table

@item :mask @var{mask}
If @var{mask} is @code{heuristic} or @code{(heuristic @var{bg})}, build
a clipping mask for the image, so that the background of a frame is
visible behind the image.  If @var{bg} is not specified, or if @var{bg}
is @code{t}, determine the background color of the image by looking at
the four corners of the image, assuming the most frequently occurring
color from the corners is the background color of the image.  Otherwise,
@var{bg} must be a list @code{(@var{red} @var{green} @var{blue})}
specifying the color to assume for the background of the image.

If @var{mask} is @code{nil}, remove a mask from the image, if it has
one.  Images in some formats include a mask which can be removed by
specifying @code{:mask nil}.

@item :pointer @var{shape}
This specifies the pointer shape when the mouse pointer is over this
image.  @xref{Pointer Shape}, for available pointer shapes.

@item :map @var{map}
@cindex image maps
This associates an image map of @dfn{hot spots} with this image.

An image map is an alist where each element has the format
@code{(@var{area} @var{id} @var{plist})}.  An @var{area} is specified
as either a rectangle, a circle, or a polygon.

A rectangle is a cons
@code{(rect . ((@var{x0} . @var{y0}) . (@var{x1} . @var{y1})))}
which specifies the pixel coordinates of the upper left and bottom right
corners of the rectangle area.

A circle is a cons
@code{(circle . ((@var{x0} . @var{y0}) . @var{r}))}
which specifies the center and the radius of the circle; @var{r} may
be a float or integer.

A polygon is a cons
@code{(poly . [@var{x0} @var{y0} @var{x1} @var{y1} ...])}
where each pair in the vector describes one corner in the polygon.

When the mouse pointer lies on a hot-spot area of an image, the
@var{plist} of that hot-spot is consulted; if it contains a @code{help-echo}
property, that defines a tool-tip for the hot-spot, and if it contains
a @code{pointer} property, that defines the shape of the mouse cursor when
it is on the hot-spot.
@xref{Pointer Shape}, for available pointer shapes.

When you click the mouse when the mouse pointer is over a hot-spot, an
event is composed by combining the @var{id} of the hot-spot with the
mouse event; for instance, @code{[area4 mouse-1]} if the hot-spot's
@var{id} is @code{area4}.

@findex image-compute-scaling-factor
Note that the map's coordinates should reflect the displayed image
after all transforms have been done (rotation, scaling and so on), and
also note that Emacs (by default) performs auto-scaling of images, so
to make things match up, you should either specify @code{:scale 1.0}
when creating the image, or use the result of
@code{image-compute-scaling-factor} to compute the elements of the
map.

When an image's @code{:scale}, @code{:rotation}, or @code{:flip} is
changed, @code{:map} will be recomputed based on the value of
@code{:original-map} and the values of those transformation.

@item :original-map @var{original-map}
@cindex original image map
This specifies the untransformed image map which will be used to
recompute @code{:map} after the image's @code{:scale}, @code{:rotation},
or @code{:flip} is changed.

If @code{:original-map} is not specified when creating an image with
@code{create-image}, it will be computed based on the supplied
@code{:map}, as well as any of @code{:scale}, @code{:rotation}, or
@code{:flip} which are non-@code{nil}.

Conversely, if @code{:original-map} is specified but @code{:map} is not,
@code{:map} will be computed based on @code{:original-map},
@code{:scale}, @code{:rotation}, and @code{:flip}.

@defopt image-recompute-map-p
Set this user option to nil to prevent Emacs from automatically
recomputing an image @code{:map} based on its @code{:original-map}.
@end defopt
@end table

@defun image-mask-p spec &optional frame
This function returns @code{t} if image @var{spec} has a mask bitmap.
@var{frame} is the frame on which the image will be displayed.
@var{frame} @code{nil} or omitted means to use the selected frame
(@pxref{Input Focus}).
@end defun

@defun image-transforms-p &optional frame
This function returns non-@code{nil} if @var{frame} supports image
scaling and rotation.  @var{frame} @code{nil} or omitted means to use
the selected frame (@pxref{Input Focus}).  The returned list includes
symbols that indicate which image transform operations are supported:

@table @code
@item scale
Image scaling is supported by @var{frame} via the @code{:scale},
@code{:width}, @code{:height}, @code{:max-width}, and
@code{:max-height} properties.
@item rotate90
Image rotation is supported by @var{frame} if the rotation angle is an
integral multiple of 90 degrees.
@end table

If image transforms are not supported, @code{:rotation}, @code{:crop},
@code{:width}, @code{:height}, @code{:scale}, @code{:max-width} and
@code{:max-height} will only be usable through ImageMagick, if
available (@pxref{ImageMagick Images}).
@end defun
@node XBM Images
@subsection XBM Images
@cindex XBM

  To use XBM format, specify @code{xbm} as the image type.  This image
format doesn't require an external library, so images of this type are
always supported.

  Additional image properties supported for the @code{xbm} image type are:

@table @code
@item :foreground @var{foreground}
The value, @var{foreground}, should be a string specifying the image
foreground color, or @code{nil} for the default color.  This color is
used for each pixel in the XBM that is 1.  The default is the frame's
foreground color.

@item :background @var{background}
The value, @var{background}, should be a string specifying the image
background color, or @code{nil} for the default color.  This color is
used for each pixel in the XBM that is 0.  The default is the frame's
background color.
@end table

  If you specify an XBM image using data within Emacs instead of an
external file, use the following three properties:

@table @code
@item :data @var{data}
The value, @var{data}, specifies the contents of the image.
There are three formats you can use for @var{data}:

@itemize @bullet
@item
A vector of strings or bool-vectors, each specifying one line of the
image.  Do specify @code{:data-height} and @code{:data-width}.

@item
A string containing the same byte sequence as an XBM file would contain.

@item
A string or a bool-vector containing the bits of the image (plus
perhaps some extra bits at the end that will not be used).  It should
contain at least @w{@code{@var{stride} * @var{height}}} bits, where
@var{stride} is the smallest multiple of 8 greater than or equal to
the width of the image.  In this case, you should specify
@code{:data-height}, @code{:data-width} and @code{:stride}, both to
indicate that the string contains just the bits rather than a whole
XBM file, and to specify the size of the image.
@end itemize

@item :stride @var{stride}
The number of bool vector entries stored for each row; the smallest
multiple of 8 greater than or equal to @var{width}.
@end table

@node XPM Images
@subsection XPM Images
@cindex XPM

  To use XPM format, specify @code{xpm} as the image type.  The
additional image property @code{:color-symbols} is also meaningful with
the @code{xpm} image type:

@table @code
@item :color-symbols @var{symbols}
The value, @var{symbols}, should be an alist whose elements have the
form @code{(@var{name} . @var{color})}.  In each element, @var{name} is
the name of a color as it appears in the image file, and @var{color}
specifies the actual color to use for displaying that name.
@end table

@node ImageMagick Images
@subsection ImageMagick Images
@cindex ImageMagick images
@cindex images, support for more formats

  If your Emacs build has ImageMagick support, you can use the
ImageMagick library to load many image formats (@pxref{File
Conveniences,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}).  The image type symbol
for images loaded via ImageMagick is @code{imagemagick}, regardless of
the actual underlying image format.

To check for ImageMagick support, use the following:

@lisp
(image-type-available-p 'imagemagick)
@end lisp

@defun imagemagick-types
This function returns a list of image file extensions supported by the
current ImageMagick installation.  Each list element is a symbol
representing an internal ImageMagick name for an image type, such as
@code{BMP} for @file{.bmp} images.
@end defun

@defopt imagemagick-enabled-types
The value of this variable is a list of ImageMagick image types which
Emacs may attempt to render using ImageMagick.  Each list element
should be one of the symbols in the list returned by
@code{imagemagick-types}, or an equivalent string.  Alternatively, a
value of @code{t} enables ImageMagick for all possible image types.
Regardless of the value of this variable,
@code{imagemagick-types-inhibit} (see below) takes precedence.
@end defopt

@defopt imagemagick-types-inhibit
The value of this variable lists the ImageMagick image types which
should never be rendered using ImageMagick, regardless of the value of
@code{imagemagick-enabled-types}.  A value of @code{t} disables
ImageMagick entirely.
@end defopt

@defvar image-format-suffixes
This variable is an alist mapping image types to file name extensions.
Emacs uses this in conjunction with the @code{:format} image property
(see below) to give a hint to the ImageMagick library as to the type
of an image.  Each element has the form @code{(@var{type}
@var{extension})}, where @var{type} is a symbol specifying an image
content-type, and @var{extension} is a string that specifies the
associated file name extension.
@end defvar

  Images loaded with ImageMagick support the following additional
image descriptor properties:

@table @code
@item :background @var{background}
@var{background}, if non-@code{nil}, should be a string specifying a
color, which is used as the image's background color if the image
supports transparency.  If the value is @code{nil}, it defaults to the
frame's background color.

@item :format @var{type}
The value, @var{type}, should be a symbol specifying the type of the
image data, as found in @code{image-format-suffixes}.  This is used
when the image does not have an associated file name, to provide a
hint to ImageMagick to help it detect the image type.

@item :crop @var{geometry}
The value of @var{geometry} should be a list of the form
@code{(@var{width} @var{height} @var{x} @var{y})}.  @var{width} and
@var{height} specify the width and height of the cropped image.  If
@var{x} is a positive number it specifies the offset of the cropped
area from the left of the original image, and if negative the offset
from the right.  If @var{y} is a positive number it specifies the
offset from the top of the original image, and if negative from the
bottom.  If @var{x} or @var{y} are @code{nil} or unspecified the crop
area will be centered on the original image.

If the crop area is outside or overlaps the edge of the image it will
be reduced to exclude any areas outside of the image.  This means it
is not possible to use @code{:crop} to increase the size of the image
by entering large @var{width} or @var{height} values.

Cropping is performed after scaling but before rotation.
@end table

@node SVG Images
@subsection SVG Images
@cindex SVG images

SVG (Scalable Vector Graphics) is an XML format for specifying images.
SVG images support the following additional image descriptor
properties:

@table @code
@item :foreground @var{foreground}
@var{foreground}, if non-@code{nil}, should be a string specifying a
color, which is used as the CSS `currentcolor' value.  If the value is
@code{nil}, it defaults to the current face's foreground color.

@item :background @var{background}
@var{background}, if non-@code{nil}, should be a string specifying a
color, which is used as the image's background color if the image
supports transparency.  If the value is @code{nil}, it defaults to the
current face's background color.

@item :css @var{css}
@var{css}, if non-@code{nil}, should be a string specifying the CSS to
override the default CSS used when generating the image.
@end table

@subsubheading SVG library

If your Emacs build has SVG support, you can create and manipulate
these images with the following functions from the @file{svg.el}
library.

@defun svg-create width height &rest args
Create a new, empty SVG image with the specified dimensions.
@var{args} is an argument plist with you can specify following:

@table @code
@item :stroke-width
The default width (in pixels) of any lines created.

@item :stroke
The default stroke color on any lines created.
@end table

@cindex SVG object
This function returns an @dfn{SVG object}, a Lisp data structure that
specifies an SVG image, and all the following functions work on that
structure.  The argument @var{svg} in the following functions
specifies such an SVG object.
@end defun

@defun svg-gradient svg id type stops
Create a gradient in @var{svg} with identifier @var{id}.  @var{type}
specifies the gradient type, and can be either @code{linear} or
@code{radial}.  @var{stops} is a list of percentage/color pairs.

The following will create a linear gradient that goes from red at the
start, to green 25% of the way, to blue at the end:

@lisp
(svg-gradient svg "gradient1" 'linear
              '((0 . "red") (25 . "green") (100 . "blue")))
@end lisp

The gradient created (and inserted into the SVG object) can later be
used by all functions that create shapes.
@end defun

All the following functions take an optional list of keyword
parameters that alter the various attributes from their default
values.  Valid attributes include:

@table @code
@item :stroke-width
The width (in pixels) of lines drawn, and outlines around solid
shapes.

@item :stroke-color
The color of lines drawn, and outlines around solid shapes.

@item :fill-color
The color used for solid shapes.

@item :id
The identified of the shape.

@item :gradient
If given, this should be the identifier of a previously defined
gradient object.

@item :clip-path
Identifier of a clip path.
@end table

@defun svg-rectangle svg x y width height &rest args
Add to @var{svg} a rectangle whose upper left corner is at
position @var{x}/@var{y} and whose size is @var{width}/@var{height}.

@lisp
(svg-rectangle svg 100 100 500 500 :gradient "gradient1")
@end lisp
@end defun

@defun svg-circle svg x y radius &rest args
Add to @var{svg} a circle whose center is at @var{x}/@var{y} and whose
radius is @var{radius}.
@end defun

@defun svg-ellipse svg x y x-radius y-radius &rest args
Add to @var{svg} an ellipse whose center is at @var{x}/@var{y}, and
whose horizontal radius is @var{x-radius} and the vertical radius is
@var{y-radius}.
@end defun

@defun svg-line svg x1 y1 x2 y2 &rest args
Add to @var{svg} a line that starts at @var{x1}/@var{y1} and extends
to @var{x2}/@var{y2}.
@end defun

@defun svg-polyline svg points &rest args
Add to @var{svg} a multiple-segment line (a.k.a.@: ``polyline'') that
goes through @var{points}, which is a list of X/Y position pairs.

@lisp
(svg-polyline svg '((200 . 100) (500 . 450) (80 . 100))
              :stroke-color "green")
@end lisp
@end defun

@defun svg-polygon svg points &rest args
Add a polygon to @var{svg} where @var{points} is a list of X/Y pairs
that describe the outer circumference of the polygon.

@lisp
(svg-polygon svg '((100 . 100) (200 . 150) (150 . 90))
             :stroke-color "blue" :fill-color "red")
@end lisp
@end defun

@defun svg-path svg commands &rest args
Add the outline of a shape to @var{svg} according to @var{commands},
see @ref{SVG Path Commands}.

Coordinates by default are absolute.  To use coordinates relative to
the last position, or -- initially -- to the origin, set the attribute
@var{:relative} to @code{t}.  This attribute can be specified for the
function or for individual commands.  If specified for the function,
then all commands use relative coordinates by default.  To make an
individual command use absolute coordinates, set @var{:relative} to
@code{nil}.

@lisp
(svg-path svg
	  '((moveto ((100 . 100)))
	    (lineto ((200 . 0) (0 . 200) (-200 . 0)))
	    (lineto ((100 . 100)) :relative nil))
	  :stroke-color "blue"
	  :fill-color "lightblue"
	  :relative t)
@end lisp
@end defun

@defun svg-text svg text &rest args
Add the specified @var{text} to @var{svg}.

@lisp
(svg-text
 svg "This is a text"
 :font-size "40"
 :font-weight "bold"
 :stroke "black"
 :fill "white"
 :font-family "impact"
 :letter-spacing "4pt"
 :x 300
 :y 400
 :stroke-width 1)
@end lisp
@end defun

@defun svg-embed svg image image-type datap &rest args
Add an embedded (raster) image to @var{svg}.  If @var{datap} is
@code{nil}, @var{image} should be a file name; otherwise it should be a
string containing the image data as raw bytes.  @var{image-type} should be a
@acronym{MIME} image type, for instance @code{"image/jpeg"}.

@lisp
(svg-embed svg "~/rms.jpg" "image/jpeg" nil
           :width "100px" :height "100px"
           :x "50px" :y "75px")
@end lisp
@end defun

@defun svg-embed-base-uri-image svg relative-filename &rest args
To @var{svg} add an embedded (raster) image placed at
@var{relative-filename}.  @var{relative-filename} is searched inside
@code{file-name-directory} of the @code{:base-uri} svg image property.
@code{:base-uri} specifies a (possibly non-existing) file name of the
svg image to be created, thus all the embedded files are searched
relatively to the @code{:base-uri} filename's directory.  If
@code{:base-uri} is omitted, then filename from where svg image is
loaded is used.  Using @code{:base-uri} improves the performance of
embedding large images, comparing to @code{svg-embed}, because all the
work is done directly by librsvg.

@lisp
;; Embedding /tmp/subdir/rms.jpg and /tmp/another/rms.jpg
(svg-embed-base-uri-image svg "subdir/rms.jpg"
           :width "100px" :height "100px"
           :x "50px" :y "75px")
(svg-embed-base-uri-image svg "another/rms.jpg"
           :width "100px" :height "100px"
           :x "75px" :y "50px")
(svg-image svg :scale 1.0
           :base-uri "/tmp/dummy"
           :width 175 :height 175)
@end lisp
@end defun

@defun svg-clip-path svg &rest args
Add a clipping path to @var{svg}.  If applied to a shape via the
@var{:clip-path} property, parts of that shape which lie outside of
the clipping path are not drawn.

@lisp
(let ((clip-path (svg-clip-path svg :id "foo")))
  (svg-circle clip-path 200 200 175))
(svg-rectangle svg 50 50 300 300
               :fill-color "red"
               :clip-path "url(#foo)")
@end lisp
@end defun

@defun svg-node svg tag &rest args
Add the custom node @var{tag} to @var{svg}.

@lisp
(svg-node svg
          'rect
          :width 300 :height 200 :x 50 :y 100 :fill-color "green")
@end lisp
@end defun

@defun svg-remove svg id
Remove the element with identifier @code{id} from the @code{svg}.
@end defun

@defun svg-image svg
Finally, the @code{svg-image} takes an SVG object as its argument and
returns an image object suitable for use in functions like
@code{insert-image}.
@end defun

Here's a complete example that creates and inserts an image with a
circle:

@lisp
(let ((svg (svg-create 400 400 :stroke-width 10)))
  (svg-gradient svg "gradient1" 'linear '((0 . "red") (100 . "blue")))
  (svg-circle svg 200 200 100 :gradient "gradient1"
                  :stroke-color "green")
  (insert-image (svg-image svg)))
@end lisp


@subsubheading SVG Path Commands

@cindex svg path commands
@anchor{SVG Path Commands}
@dfn{SVG paths} allow creation of complex images by combining lines,
curves, arcs, and other basic shapes.  The functions described below
allow invoking SVG path commands from a Lisp program.

@deffn Command moveto points
Move the pen to the first point in @var{points}.  Additional points
are connected with lines.  @var{points} is a list of X/Y coordinate
pairs.  Subsequent @command{moveto} commands represent the start of a
new @dfn{subpath}.

@lisp
(svg-path svg '((moveto ((200 . 100) (100 . 200) (0 . 100))))
          :fill "white" :stroke "black")
@end lisp
@end deffn

@deffn Command closepath
End the current subpath by connecting it back to its initial point.  A
line is drawn along the connection.

@lisp
(svg-path svg '((moveto ((200 . 100) (100 . 200) (0 . 100)))
                (closepath)
                (moveto ((75 . 125) (100 . 150) (125 . 125)))
                (closepath))
          :fill "red" :stroke "black")
@end lisp
@end deffn

@deffn Command lineto points
Draw a line from the current point to the first element in
@var{points}, a list of X/Y position pairs.  If more than one point is
specified, draw a polyline.
@lisp
(svg-path svg '((moveto ((200 . 100)))
                (lineto ((100 . 200) (0 . 100))))
          :fill "yellow" :stroke "red")
@end lisp
@end deffn

@deffn Command horizontal-lineto x-coordinates
Draw a horizontal line from the current point to the first element in
@var{x-coordinates}.  Specifying multiple coordinates is possible,
although this usually doesn't make sense.

@lisp
(svg-path svg '((moveto ((100 . 200)))
                (horizontal-lineto (300)))
          :stroke "green")
@end lisp
@end deffn

@deffn Command vertical-lineto y-coordinates
Draw vertical lines.

@lisp
(svg-path svg '((moveto ((200 . 100)))
                (vertical-lineto (300)))
          :stroke "green")
@end lisp
@end deffn

@deffn Command curveto coordinate-sets
Using the first element in @var{coordinate-sets}, draw a cubic B@'ezier
curve from the current point.  If there are multiple coordinate sets,
draw a polybezier.  Each coordinate set is a list of the form
@code{(@var{x1} @var{y1} @var{x2} @var{y2} @var{x} @var{y})}, where
@w{(@var{x}, @var{y})} is the curve's end point.  @w{(@var{x1},
@var{y1})} and @w{(@var{x2}, @var{y2})} are control points at the
beginning and at the end, respectively.

@lisp
(svg-path svg '((moveto ((100 . 100)))
                (curveto ((200 100 100 200 200 200)
                          (300 200 0 100 100 100))))
          :fill "transparent" :stroke "red")
@end lisp
@end deffn

@deffn Command smooth-curveto coordinate-sets
Using the first element in @var{coordinate-sets}, draw a cubic B@'ezier
curve from the current point.  If there are multiple coordinate sets,
draw a polybezier.  Each coordinate set is a list of the form
@code{(@var{x2} @var{y2} @var{x} @var{y})}, where @w{(@var{x},
@var{y})} is the curve's end point and @w{(@var{x2}, @var{y2})} is the
corresponding control point.  The first control point is the
reflection of the second control point of the previous command
relative to the current point, if that command was @command{curveto}
or @command{smooth-curveto}.  Otherwise the first control point
coincides with the current point.

@lisp
(svg-path svg '((moveto ((100 . 100)))
                (curveto ((200 100 100 200 200 200)))
                (smooth-curveto ((0 100 100 100))))
          :fill "transparent" :stroke "blue")
@end lisp
@end deffn

@deffn Command quadratic-bezier-curveto coordinate-sets
Using the first element in @var{coordinate-sets}, draw a quadratic
B@'ezier curve from the current point.  If there are multiple coordinate
sets, draw a polybezier.  Each coordinate set is a list of the form
@code{(@var{x1} @var{y1} @var{x} @var{y})}, where @w{(@var{x},
@var{y})} is the curve's end point and @w{(@var{x1}, @var{y1})} is the
control point.

@lisp
(svg-path svg '((moveto ((200 . 100)))
                (quadratic-bezier-curveto ((300 100 300 200)))
                (quadratic-bezier-curveto ((300 300 200 300)))
                (quadratic-bezier-curveto ((100 300 100 200)))
                (quadratic-bezier-curveto ((100 100 200 100))))
          :fill "transparent" :stroke "pink")
@end lisp
@end deffn

@deffn Command smooth-quadratic-bezier-curveto coordinate-sets
Using the first element in @var{coordinate-sets}, draw a quadratic
B@'ezier curve from the current point.  If there are multiple coordinate
sets, draw a polybezier.  Each coordinate set is a list of the form
@code{(@var{x} @var{y})}, where @w{(@var{x}, @var{y})} is the curve's
end point.  The control point is the reflection of the control point
of the previous command relative to the current point, if that command
was @command{quadratic-bezier-curveto} or
@command{smooth-quadratic-bezier-curveto}.  Otherwise the control
point coincides with the current point.

@lisp
(svg-path svg '((moveto ((200 . 100)))
                (quadratic-bezier-curveto ((300 100 300 200)))
                (smooth-quadratic-bezier-curveto ((200 300)))
                (smooth-quadratic-bezier-curveto ((100 200)))
                (smooth-quadratic-bezier-curveto ((200 100))))
          :fill "transparent" :stroke "lightblue")
@end lisp
@end deffn

@deffn Command elliptical-arc coordinate-sets
Using the first element in @var{coordinate-sets}, draw an elliptical
arc from the current point.  If there are multiple coordinate sets,
draw a sequence of elliptical arcs.  Each coordinate set is a list of
the form @code{(@var{rx} @var{ry} @var{x} @var{y})}, where
@w{(@var{x}, @var{y})} is the end point of the ellipse, and
@w{(@var{rx}, @var{ry})} are its radii.  Attributes may be appended to
the list:

@table @code
@item :x-axis-rotation
The angle in degrees by which the x-axis of the ellipse is rotated
relative to the x-axis of the current coordinate system.

@item :large-arc
If set to @code{t}, draw an arc sweep greater than or equal to 180
degrees.  Otherwise, draw an arc sweep smaller than or equal to 180
degrees.

@item :sweep
If set to @code{t}, draw an arc in @dfn{positive angle direction}.
Otherwise, draw it in @dfn{negative angle direction}.
@end table

@lisp
(svg-path svg '((moveto ((200 . 250)))
                (elliptical-arc ((75 75 200 350))))
          :fill "transparent" :stroke "red")
(svg-path svg '((moveto ((200 . 250)))
                (elliptical-arc ((75 75 200 350 :large-arc t))))
          :fill "transparent" :stroke "green")
(svg-path svg '((moveto ((200 . 250)))
                (elliptical-arc ((75 75 200 350 :sweep t))))
          :fill "transparent" :stroke "blue")
(svg-path svg '((moveto ((200 . 250)))
                (elliptical-arc ((75 75 200 350 :large-arc t
                                     :sweep t))))
          :fill "transparent" :stroke "gray")
(svg-path svg '((moveto ((160 . 100)))
                (elliptical-arc ((40 100 80 0)))
                (elliptical-arc ((40 100 -40 -70
                                     :x-axis-rotation -120)))
                (elliptical-arc ((40 100 -40 70
                                     :x-axis-rotation -240))))
          :stroke "pink" :fill "lightblue"
          :relative t)
@end lisp
@end deffn


@node Other Image Types
@subsection Other Image Types
@cindex PBM

  For PBM images, specify image type @code{pbm}.  Color, gray-scale and
monochromatic images are supported.   For mono PBM images, two additional
image properties are supported.

@table @code
@item :foreground @var{foreground}
The value, @var{foreground}, should be a string specifying the image
foreground color, or @code{nil} for the default color.  This color is
used for each pixel in the PBM that is 1.  The default is the frame's
foreground color.

@item :background @var{background}
The value, @var{background}, should be a string specifying the image
background color, or @code{nil} for the default color.  This color is
used for each pixel in the PBM that is 0.  The default is the frame's
background color.
@end table

@noindent
The remaining image types that Emacs can support are:

@table @asis
@item GIF
Image type @code{gif}.
Supports the @code{:index} property.  @xref{Multi-Frame Images}.

@item JPEG
Image type @code{jpeg}.

@item PNG
Image type @code{png}.

@item TIFF
Image type @code{tiff}.
Supports the @code{:index} property.  @xref{Multi-Frame Images}.

@item WebP
Image type @code{webp}.
@end table

@node Defining Images
@subsection Defining Images
@cindex define image

  The functions @code{create-image}, @code{defimage} and
@code{find-image} provide convenient ways to create image descriptors.

@defun create-image file-or-data &optional type data-p &rest props
This function creates and returns an image descriptor which uses the
data in @var{file-or-data}.  @var{file-or-data} can be a file name or
a string containing the image data; @var{data-p} should be @code{nil}
for the former case, non-@code{nil} for the latter case.  If
@var{file-or-data} is a relative file name, the function will search
for it in directories mentioned in @code{image-load-path}.

The optional argument @var{type} is a symbol specifying the image type.
If @var{type} is omitted or @code{nil}, @code{create-image} tries to
determine the image type from the file's first few bytes, or else
from the file's name.

The remaining arguments, @var{props}, specify additional image
properties---for example,

@example
(create-image "foo.xpm" 'xpm nil :mask 'heuristic)
@end example

@noindent
@xref{Image Descriptors}, for the list of supported properties.  Some
properties are specific to certain image types, and are described in
subsections specific to those types.

The function returns @code{nil} if images of this type are not
supported.  Otherwise it returns an image descriptor.
@end defun

@defmac defimage symbol specs &optional doc
This macro defines @var{symbol} as an image name.  The arguments
@var{specs} is a list which specifies how to display the image.
The third argument, @var{doc}, is an optional documentation string.

Each argument in @var{specs} has the form of a property list, and each
one should specify at least the @code{:type} property and either the
@code{:file} or the @code{:data} property.  The value of @code{:type}
should be a symbol specifying the image type, the value of
@code{:file} is the file to load the image from, and the value of
@code{:data} is a string containing the actual image data.  Here is an
example:

@example
(defimage test-image
  ((:type xpm :file "~/test1.xpm")
   (:type xbm :file "~/test1.xbm")))
@end example

@code{defimage} tests each argument, one by one, to see if it is
usable---that is, if the type is supported and the file exists.  The
first usable argument is used to make an image descriptor which is
stored in @var{symbol}.

If none of the alternatives will work, then @var{symbol} is defined
as @code{nil}.
@end defmac

@defun image-property image property
Return the value of @var{property} in @var{image}.  Properties can be
set by using @code{setf}.  Setting a property to @code{nil} will
remove the property from the image.
@end defun

@defun find-image specs
This function provides a convenient way to find an image satisfying one
of a list of image specifications @var{specs}.

Each specification in @var{specs} is a property list with contents
depending on image type.  All specifications must at least contain the
properties @code{:type @var{type}} and either @w{@code{:file @var{file}}}
or @w{@code{:data @var{data}}}, where @var{type} is a symbol specifying
the image type, e.g., @code{xbm}, @var{file} is the file to load the
image from, and @var{data} is a string containing the actual image data.
The first specification in the list whose @var{type} is supported, and
@var{file} exists, is used to construct the image specification to be
returned.  If no specification is satisfied, @code{nil} is returned.

The image is looked for in @code{image-load-path}.
@end defun

@defopt image-load-path
This variable's value is a list of locations in which to search for
image files.  If an element is a string or a variable symbol whose
value is a string, the string is taken to be the name of a directory
to search.  If an element is a variable symbol whose value is a list,
that is taken to be a list of directories to search.

The default is to search in the @file{images} subdirectory of the
directory specified by @code{data-directory}, then the directory
specified by @code{data-directory}, and finally in the directories in
@code{load-path}.  Subdirectories are not automatically included in
the search, so if you put an image file in a subdirectory, you have to
supply the subdirectory explicitly.  For example, to find the
image @file{images/foo/bar.xpm} within @code{data-directory}, you
should specify the image as follows:

@example
(defimage foo-image '((:type xpm :file "foo/bar.xpm")))
@end example
@end defopt

@defun image-load-path-for-library library image &optional path no-error
This function returns a suitable search path for images used by the
Lisp package @var{library}.

The function searches for @var{image} first using @code{image-load-path},
excluding @file{@code{data-directory}/images}, and then in
@code{load-path}, followed by a path suitable for @var{library}, which
includes @file{../../etc/images} and @file{../etc/images} relative to
the library file itself, and finally in
@file{@code{data-directory}/images}.

Then this function returns a list of directories which contains first
the directory in which @var{image} was found, followed by the value of
@code{load-path}.  If @var{path} is given, it is used instead of
@code{load-path}.

If @var{no-error} is non-@code{nil} and a suitable path can't be
found, don't signal an error.  Instead, return a list of directories as
before, except that @code{nil} appears in place of the image directory.

Here is an example of using @code{image-load-path-for-library}:

@example
(defvar image-load-path) ; shush compiler
(let* ((load-path (image-load-path-for-library
                    "mh-e" "mh-logo.xpm"))
       (image-load-path (cons (car load-path)
                              image-load-path)))
  (mh-tool-bar-folder-buttons-init))
@end example
@end defun

@vindex image-scaling-factor, and automatic image scaling
Images are automatically scaled when created based on the
@code{image-scaling-factor} variable.  The value is either a floating
point number (where numbers higher than 1 means to increase the size
and lower means to shrink the size), or the symbol @code{auto}, which
will compute a scaling factor based on the font pixel size.  @xref{Image
Descriptors}.

@node Showing Images
@subsection Showing Images
@cindex show image

  You can use an image descriptor by setting up the @code{display}
property yourself, but it is easier to use the functions in this
section.

@defun insert-image image &optional string area slice inhibit-isearch
This function inserts @var{image} in the current buffer at point.  The
value @var{image} should be an image descriptor; it could be a value
returned by @code{create-image}, or the value of a symbol defined with
@code{defimage}.  The argument @var{string} specifies the text to put
in the buffer to hold the image.  If it is omitted or @code{nil},
@code{insert-image} uses @code{" "} by default.

The argument @var{area} specifies whether to put the image in a margin.
If it is @code{left-margin}, the image appears in the left margin;
@code{right-margin} specifies the right margin.  If @var{area} is
@code{nil} or omitted, the image is displayed at point within the
buffer's text.

The argument @var{slice} specifies a slice of the image to insert.  If
@var{slice} is @code{nil} or omitted the whole image is inserted.
(However, note that images are chopped on display at the window's
right edge, because wrapping images is not supported.)  Otherwise,
@var{slice} is a list @code{(@var{x} @var{y} @var{width}
@var{height})} which specifies the @var{x} and @var{y} positions and
@var{width} and @var{height} of the image area to insert.  Integer
values are in units of pixels.  A floating-point number in the range
0.0--1.0 stands for that fraction of the width or height of the entire
image.

Internally, this function inserts @var{string} in the buffer, and gives
it a @code{display} property which specifies @var{image}.  @xref{Display
Property}.  By default, doing interactive searches in the buffer will
consider @var{string} when searching.  If @var{inhibit-isearch} is
non-@code{nil}, this is inhibited.
@end defun

@cindex slice, image
@cindex image slice
@defun insert-sliced-image image &optional string area rows cols
This function inserts @var{image} in the current buffer at point, like
@code{insert-image}, but splits the image into @var{rows}x@var{cols}
equally sized slices.

Emacs displays each slice as a
separate image, and allows more intuitive scrolling up/down, instead of
jumping up/down the entire image when paging through a buffer that
displays (large) images.
@end defun

@defun put-image image pos &optional string area
This function puts image @var{image} in front of @var{pos} in the
current buffer.  The argument @var{pos} should be an integer or a
marker.  It specifies the buffer position where the image should appear.
The argument @var{string} specifies the text that should hold the image
as an alternative to the default @samp{x}.

The argument @var{image} must be an image descriptor, perhaps returned
by @code{create-image} or stored by @code{defimage}.

The argument @var{area} specifies whether to put the image in a margin.
If it is @code{left-margin}, the image appears in the left margin;
@code{right-margin} specifies the right margin.  If @var{area} is
@code{nil} or omitted, the image is displayed at point within the
buffer's text.

Internally, this function creates an overlay, and gives it a
@code{before-string} property containing text that has a @code{display}
property whose value is the image.  (Whew! that was a mouthful@dots{}).
It returns the created overlay upon success, and also sets its
@code{put-image} property to @code{t}.
@end defun

@defun remove-images start end &optional buffer
This function removes images in @var{buffer} between positions
@var{start} and @var{end}.  If @var{buffer} is omitted or @code{nil},
images are removed from the current buffer.

This removes only images that were put into @var{buffer} the way
@code{put-image} does it, not images that were inserted with
@code{insert-image} or in other ways.
@end defun

@defun image-size spec &optional pixels frame
@cindex size of image
This function returns the size of an image as a pair
@w{@code{(@var{width} . @var{height})}}.  @var{spec} is an image
specification.  @var{pixels} non-@code{nil} means return sizes measured
in pixels, otherwise return sizes measured in the default character size
of @var{frame} (@pxref{Frame Font}).  @var{frame} is the frame on which
the image will be displayed.  @var{frame} @code{nil} or omitted means
use the selected frame (@pxref{Input Focus}).
@end defun

@defvar max-image-size
This variable is used to define the maximum size of image that Emacs
will load.  Emacs will refuse to load (and display) any image that is
larger than this limit.

If the value is an integer, it directly specifies the maximum
image height and width, measured in pixels.  If it is floating
point, it specifies the maximum image height and width
as a ratio to the frame height and width.  If the value is
non-numeric, there is no explicit limit on the size of images.

The purpose of this variable is to prevent unreasonably large images
from accidentally being loaded into Emacs.  It only takes effect the
first time an image is loaded.  Once an image is placed in the image
cache, it can always be displayed, even if the value of
@code{max-image-size} is subsequently changed (@pxref{Image Cache}).
@end defvar

@defun image-at-point-p
This function returns @code{t} if point is on an image, and @code{nil}
otherwise.
@end defun

@cindex operations on images
Images inserted with the insertion functions above also get a local
keymap installed in the text properties (or overlays) that span the
displayed image.  This keymap defines the following commands:

@table @kbd
@findex image-increase-size
@item i +
Increase the image size (@code{image-increase-size})

@findex image-decrease-size
@item i -
Decrease the image size (@code{image-decrease-size}).

@findex image-rotate
@item i r
Rotate the image (@code{image-rotate}).

@findex image-flip-horizontally
@item i h
Flip the image horizontally (@code{image-flip-horizontally}).

@findex image-flip-vertically
@item i v
Flip the image vertically (@code{image-flip-vertically}).

@findex image-save
@item i o
Save the image to a file (@code{image-save}).

@findex image-crop
@item i c
Interactively crop the image (@code{image-crop}).

@findex image-cut
@item i x
Interactively cut a rectangle from the image (@code{image-cut}).
@end table

@xref{Image Mode,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more details
about these image-specific key bindings.

@node Multi-Frame Images
@subsection Multi-Frame Images
@cindex multi-frame images

@cindex animation
@cindex image animation
@cindex image frames
Some image files can contain more than one image.  We say that there
are multiple ``frames'' in the image.  At present, Emacs supports
multiple frames for GIF, TIFF, and certain ImageMagick formats such as
DJVM@.

The frames can be used either to represent multiple pages (this is
usually the case with multi-frame TIFF files, for example), or to
create animation (usually the case with multi-frame GIF files).

A multi-frame image has a property @code{:index}, whose value is an
integer (counting from 0) that specifies which frame is being displayed.

@defun image-multi-frame-p image
This function returns non-@code{nil} if @var{image} contains more than
one frame.  The actual return value is a cons @code{(@var{nimages}
. @var{delay})}, where @var{nimages} is the number of frames and
@var{delay} is the delay in seconds between them, or @code{nil}
if the image does not specify a delay.  Images that are intended to be
animated usually specify a frame delay, whereas ones that are intended
to be treated as multiple pages do not.
@end defun

@defun image-current-frame image
This function returns the index of the current frame number for
@var{image}, counting from 0.
@end defun

@defun image-show-frame image n &optional nocheck
This function switches @var{image} to frame number @var{n}.  It
replaces a frame number outside the valid range with that of the end
of the range, unless @var{nocheck} is non-@code{nil}.  If @var{image}
does not contain a frame with the specified number, the image displays
as a hollow box.
@end defun

@defun image-animate image &optional index limit
This function animates @var{image}.  The optional integer @var{index}
specifies the frame from which to start (default 0).  The optional
argument @var{limit} controls the length of the animation.  If omitted
or @code{nil}, the image animates once only; if @code{t} it loops
forever; if a number animation stops after that many seconds.
@end defun

@vindex image-minimum-frame-delay
@vindex image-default-frame-delay
@noindent Animation operates by means of a timer.  Note that Emacs imposes a
minimum frame delay of 0.01 (@code{image-minimum-frame-delay}) seconds.
If the image itself does not specify a delay, Emacs uses
@code{image-default-frame-delay}.

@defun image-animate-timer image
This function returns the timer responsible for animating @var{image},
if there is one.
@end defun


@node Image Cache
@subsection Image Cache
@cindex image cache

  Emacs caches images so that it can display them again more
efficiently.  When Emacs displays an image, it searches the image
cache for an existing image specification @code{equal} to the desired
specification.  If a match is found, the image is displayed from the
cache.  Otherwise, Emacs loads the image normally.

@defun image-flush spec &optional frame
This function removes the image with specification @var{spec} from the
image cache of frame @var{frame}.  Image specifications are compared
using @code{equal}.  If @var{frame} is @code{nil}, it defaults to the
selected frame.  If @var{frame} is @code{t}, the image is flushed on
all existing frames.

In Emacs's current implementation, each graphical terminal possesses an
image cache, which is shared by all the frames on that terminal
(@pxref{Multiple Terminals}).  Thus, refreshing an image in one frame
also refreshes it in all other frames on the same terminal.
@end defun

  One use for @code{image-flush} is to tell Emacs about a change in an
image file.  If an image specification contains a @code{:file}
property, the image is cached based on the file's contents when the
image is first displayed.  Even if the file subsequently changes,
Emacs continues displaying the old version of the image.  Calling
@code{image-flush} flushes the image from the cache, forcing Emacs to
re-read the file the next time it needs to display that image.

  Another use for @code{image-flush} is for memory conservation.  If
your Lisp program creates a large number of temporary images over a
period much shorter than @code{image-cache-eviction-delay} (see
below), you can opt to flush unused images yourself, instead of
waiting for Emacs to do it automatically.

@defun clear-image-cache &optional filter
This function clears an image cache, removing all the images stored in
it.  If @var{filter} is omitted or @code{nil}, it clears the cache for
the selected frame.  If @var{filter} is a frame, it clears the cache
for that frame.  If @var{filter} is @code{t}, all image caches are
cleared.  Otherwise, @var{filter} is taken to be a file name, and all
images associated with that file name are removed from all image
caches.
@end defun

If an image in the image cache has not been displayed for a specified
period of time, Emacs removes it from the cache and frees the
associated memory.

@defvar image-cache-eviction-delay
This variable specifies the number of seconds an image can remain in
the cache without being displayed.  When an image is not displayed for
this length of time, Emacs removes it from the image cache.

Under some circumstances, if the number of images in the cache grows
too large, the actual eviction delay may be shorter than this.

If the value is @code{nil}, Emacs does not remove images from the cache
except when you explicitly clear it.  This mode can be useful for
debugging.
@end defvar

@defun image-cache-size
This function returns the total size of the current image cache, in
bytes.  An image of size 200x100 with 24 bits per color will have a
cache size of 60000 bytes, for instance.
@end defun

@node Icons
@section Icons

Emacs sometimes uses buttons (for clicking on) or small graphics (to
illustrate something).  Since Emacs is available on a wide variety of
systems with different capabilities, and users have different
preferences, Emacs provides a facility to handle this in a convenient
way, allowing customization, graceful degradation, accessibility, as
well as themability: @dfn{Icons}.

The central macro here is @code{define-icon}, and here's a simple
example:

@lisp
(define-icon outline-open button
  '((image "right.svg" "open.xpm" "open.pbm" :height line)
    (emoji "▶️")
    (symbol "▶" "➤")
    (text "open" :face icon-button))
  "Icon used for buttons for opening a section in outline buffers."
  :version "29.1"
  :help-echo "Open this section")
@end lisp

Which alternative will actually be displayed depends on the value of
the user option @code{icon-preference} (@pxref{Icons,,, emacs, The GNU
Emacs Manual}) and on the results of run-time checks for what the
current frame's terminal can actually display.

The macro in the example above defines @code{outline-open} as an icon,
and inherits properties from the icon called @code{button} (so this is
meant as a clickable button to be inserted in a buffer).  It is
followed by a list of @dfn{icon types} along with the actual icon
shapes themselves.  In addition, there's a doc string and various
keywords that contain additional information and properties.

To instantiate an icon, you use @code{icon-string}, which will
consult the current Customize theming, and the @code{icon-preference}
user option, and finally what the Emacs is able to actually display.
If @code{icon-preference} is @code{(image emoji symbol text)} (i.e.,
allowing all of these forms of icons), in this case,
@code{icon-string} will first check that Emacs is able to display
images at all, and then whether it has support for each of those
different image formats.  If that fails, Emacs will check whether
Emacs can display emojis (in the current frame).  If that fails, it'll
check whether it can display the symbol in question.  If that fails,
it'll use the plain text version.

For instance, if @code{icon-preference} doesn't contain @code{image}
or @code{emoji}, it'll skip those entries.

Code can confidently call @code{icon-string} in all circumstances and
be sure that something readable will appear on the screen, no
matter whether the user is on a graphical terminal or a text terminal,
and no matter which features Emacs was built with.

@defmac define-icon name parent specs doc &rest keywords
Define an icon @var{name}, a symbol, with the display alternatives in
@var{spec}, that can be later instantiated using @code{icon-string}.
The @var{name} is the name of the resulting keyword.

The resulting icon will inherit specs from @var{parent}, and from
their parent's parents, and so on, and the lowest descendent element
wins.

@var{specs} is a list of icon specifications.  The first element of each
specification is the type, and the rest is something that can be used
as an icon of that type, and then optionally followed by a keyword
list.  The following icon types are available:

@cindex icon types
@table @code
@item image
In this case, there may be many images listed as candidates.  Emacs
will choose the first one that the current Emacs instance can show.
If an image is listed is an absolute file name, it's used as is, but it's
otherwise looked up in the list @code{image-load-path}
(@pxref{Defining Images}).

@item emoji
This should be a (possibly colorful) emoji.

@item symbol
This should be a (monochrome) symbol character.

@item text
Icons should also have a textual fallback.  This can also be used for
the visually impaired: if @code{icon-preference} is just
@code{(text)}, all icons will be replaced by text.
@end table

Various keywords may follow the list of icon specifications.  For
instance:

@example
(symbol "▶" "➤" :face icon-button)
@end example

Unknown keywords are ignored.  The following keywords are allowed:

@cindex icon keywords
@table @code
@item :face
The face to be used for the icon.

@item :height
This is only valid for @code{image} icons, and can be either a number
(which specifies the height in pixels), or the symbol @code{line},
which will use the default line height in the currently selected
window.

@item :width
This is only valid for @code{image} icons, and can be either a number
(which specifies the width in pixels), or the symbol @code{font},
which will use the width in pixels of the current buffer's default
face font.
@end table

@var{doc} should be a doc string.

@var{keywords} is a list of keyword/value pairs.  The following
keywords are allowed:

@table @code
@item :version
The (approximate) Emacs version this button first appeared.  (This
keyword is mandatory.)

@item :group
The customization group this icon belongs in.  If not present, it is
inferred.

@item :help-echo
The help string shown when hovering over the icon with the mouse
pointer.
@end table
@end defmac

@defun icon-string icon
This function returns a string suitable for display in the current
buffer for @var{icon}.
@end defun

@defun icon-elements icon
Alternatively, you can get a ``deconstructed'' version of @var{icon}
with this function.  It returns a plist (@pxref{Property Lists}) where
the keys are @code{string}, @code{face} and @var{image}.  (The latter
is only present if the icon is represented by an image.)  This can be
useful if the icon isn't to be inserted directly in the buffer, but
needs some sort of pre-processing first.
@end defun

Icons can be customized with @kbd{M-x customize-icon}.  Themes can
specify changes to icons with, for instance:

@lisp
(custom-theme-set-icons
  'my-theme
  '(outline-open ((image :height 100)
                  (text " OPEN ")))
  '(outline-close ((image :height 100)
                   (text " CLOSE " :face warning))))
@end lisp


@node Xwidgets
@section Embedded Native Widgets
@cindex xwidget
@cindex embedded widgets
@cindex webkit browser widget

  Emacs is able to display native widgets, such as GTK+ WebKit widgets,
in Emacs buffers when it was built with the necessary support
libraries and is running on a graphical terminal.  To test whether
Emacs supports display of embedded widgets, check that the
@code{xwidget-internal} feature is available (@pxref{Named Features}).

  To display an embedded widget in a buffer, you must first create an
xwidget object, and then use that object as the display specifier
in a @code{display} text or overlay property (@pxref{Display
Property}).

  Embedded widgets can send events notifying Lisp code about changes
occurring within them.  (@pxref{Xwidget Events}).

@defun make-xwidget type title width height arguments &optional buffer related
This creates and returns an xwidget object.  If
@var{buffer} is omitted or @code{nil}, it defaults to the current
buffer.  If @var{buffer} names a buffer that doesn't exist, it will be
created.  The @var{type} identifies the type of the xwidget component,
it can be one of the following:

@table @code
@item webkit
The WebKit component.
@end table

The @var{width} and @var{height} arguments specify the widget size in
pixels, and @var{title}, a string, specifies its title.  @var{related}
is used internally by the WebKit widget, and specifies another WebKit
widget that the newly created widget should share settings and
subprocesses with.

The xwidget that is returned will be killed alongside its buffer
(@pxref{Killing Buffers}).  You can also kill it using
@code{kill-xwidget}.  Once it is killed, the xwidget may continue to
exist as a Lisp object and act as a @code{display} property until all
references to it are gone, but most actions that can be performed on
live xwidgets will no longer be available.
@end defun

@defun xwidgetp object
This function returns @code{t} if @var{object} is an xwidget,
@code{nil} otherwise.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-live-p object
This function returns @code{t} if @var{object} is an xwidget that
hasn't been killed, and @code{nil} otherwise.
@end defun

@defun kill-xwidget xwidget
This function kills @var{xwidget}, by removing it from its buffer and
releasing window system resources it holds.
@end defun

@cindex xwidget property list
@defun xwidget-plist xwidget
This function returns the property list of @var{xwidget}.
@end defun

@defun set-xwidget-plist xwidget plist
This function replaces the property list of @var{xwidget} with a new
property list given by @var{plist}.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-buffer xwidget
This function returns the buffer of @var{xwidget}.  If @var{xwidget}
has been killed, it returns @code{nil}.
@end defun

@defun set-xwidget-buffer xwidget buffer
This function sets the buffer of @var{xwidget} to @var{buffer}.
@end defun

@defun get-buffer-xwidgets buffer
This function returns a list of xwidget objects associated with the
@var{buffer}, which can be specified as a buffer object or a name of
an existing buffer, a string.  The value is @code{nil} if @var{buffer}
contains no xwidgets.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-webkit-goto-uri xwidget uri
This function browses the specified @var{uri} in the given
@var{xwidget}.  The @var{uri} is a string that specifies the name of a
file or a URL.  @c FIXME: What else can a URI specify in this context?
@end defun

@defun xwidget-webkit-execute-script xwidget script
This function causes the browser widget specified by @var{xwidget} to
execute the specified JavaScript @code{script}.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-webkit-title xwidget
This function returns the title of @var{xwidget} as a string.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-resize xwidget width height
This function resizes the specified @var{xwidget} to the size
@var{width}x@var{height} pixels.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-size-request xwidget
This function returns the desired size of @var{xwidget} as a list of
the form @code{(@var{width} @var{height})}.  The dimensions are in
pixels.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-info xwidget
This function returns the attributes of @var{xwidget} as a vector of
the form @code{[@var{type} @var{title} @var{width} @var{height}]}.
The attributes are usually determined by @code{make-xwidget} when the
xwidget is created.
@end defun

@defun set-xwidget-query-on-exit-flag xwidget flag
This function allows you to arrange that Emacs will ask the user for
confirmation before exiting or before killing a buffer that has
@var{xwidget} associated with it.  If @var{flag} is non-@code{nil},
Emacs will query the user, otherwise it will not.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-query-on-exit-flag xwidget
This function returns the current setting of @var{xwidget}s
query-on-exit flag, either @code{t} or @code{nil}.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-perform-lispy-event xwidget event frame
Send an input event @var{event} to @var{xwidget}.  The precise action
performed is platform-specific.  @xref{Input Events}.

You can optionally pass the frame on which the event was generated via
@var{frame}.  On X11, modifier keys in key events will not be
considered if @var{frame} is @code{nil}, and the selected frame is not
an X-Windows frame.

On GTK, only keyboard and function key events are supported.  Mouse,
motion, and click events are dispatched to the xwidget without going
through Lisp code, and as such shouldn't require this function to be
called.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-webkit-search query xwidget &optional case-insensitive backwards wrap-around
Start an incremental search on the WebKit widget @var{xwidget} with
the string @var{query} as the query.  @var{case-insensitive} denotes
whether or not the search is case-insensitive, @var{backwards}
determines if the search is performed backwards towards the start of
the document, and @var{wrap-around} determines whether or not the
search terminates at the end of the document.

If the function is called while a search query is already present,
then the query specified here will replace the existing query.

To stop a search query, use @code{xwidget-webkit-finish-search}.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-webkit-next-result xwidget
Display the next search result in @var{xwidget}.  This function will
signal an error if a search query has not been already started in
@var{xwidget} through @code{xwidget-webkit-search}.

If @code{wrap-around} was non-@code{nil} when @code{xwidget-webkit-search}
was called, then the search will restart from the beginning of the
document when its end is reached.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-webkit-previous-result xwidget
Display the previous search result in @var{xwidget}.  This function
signals an error if a search query has not been already started in
@var{xwidget} through @code{xwidget-webkit-search}.

If @code{wrap-around} was non-@code{nil} when @code{xwidget-webkit-search}
was called, then the search will restart from the end of the
document when its beginning is reached.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-webkit-finish-search xwidget
Finish a search operation started with @code{xwidget-webkit-search} in
@var{xwidget}.  If there is no query currently ongoing, this function
signals an error.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-webkit-load-html xwidget text &optional base-uri
Load @var{text}, a string, into @var{xwidget}, which should be a
WebKit xwidget.  Any HTML markup in @var{text} will be processed
by @var{xwidget} while rendering the text.

Optional argument @var{base-uri}, which should be a string, specifies
the absolute location of the web resources referenced by @var{text},
to be used for resolving relative links in @var{text}.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-webkit-goto-history xwidget rel-pos
Make @var{xwidget}, a WebKit widget, load the @var{rel-pos}th element
in its navigation history.

If @var{rel-pos} is zero, the current page will be reloaded instead.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-webkit-back-forward-list xwidget &optional limit
Return the navigation history of @var{xwidget}, up to @var{limit}
items in each direction.  If not specified, @var{limit} defaults to
50.

The returned value is a list of the form @w{@code{(@var{back}
@var{here} @var{forward})}}, where @var{here} is the current
navigation item, while @var{back} is a list of items containing the
items recorded by WebKit before the current navigation item, and
@var{forward} is a list of items recorded after the current navigation
item.  @var{back}, @var{here} and @var{forward} can all be @code{nil}.

When @var{here} is @code{nil}, it means that no items have been
recorded yet; if @var{back} or @var{forward} are @code{nil}, it means
that there is no history recorded before or after the current item
respectively.

Navigation items are themselves lists of the form @w{@code{(@var{idx}
@var{title} @var{uri})}}.  In these lists, @var{idx} is an index that
can be passed to @code{xwidget-webkit-goto-history}, @var{title} is
the human-readable title of the item, and @var{uri} is the URI of the
item.  The user should normally have no reason to load @var{uri}
manually to reach a specific history item.  Instead, @var{idx} should
be passed as an index to @code{xwidget-webkit-goto-history}.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-webkit-estimated-load-progress xwidget
Return an estimate of how much data is remaining to be transferred
before the page displayed by the WebKit widget @var{xwidget} is fully
loaded.

The value returned is a float ranging between 0.0 and 1.0.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-webkit-set-cookie-storage-file xwidget file
Make the WebKit widget @var{xwidget} store cookies in @var{file}.

@var{file} must be an absolute file name.  The new setting will also
affect any xwidget that was created with @var{xwidget} as the
@code{related} argument to @code{make-xwidget}, and widgets related to
those as well.

If this function is not called at least once on @var{xwidget} or a
related widget, @var{xwidget} will not store cookies on disk at all.
@end defun

@defun xwidget-webkit-stop-loading xwidget
Terminate any data transfer still in progress in the WebKit widget
@var{xwidget} as part of a page-loading operation.  If a page is not
being loaded, this function does nothing.
@end defun

@node Buttons
@section Buttons
@cindex buttons in buffers
@cindex clickable buttons in buffers

  The Button package defines functions for inserting and manipulating
@dfn{buttons} that can be activated with the mouse or via keyboard
commands.  These buttons are typically used for various kinds of
hyperlinks.

  A button is essentially a set of text or overlay properties,
attached to a stretch of text in a buffer.  These properties are
called @dfn{button properties}.  One of these properties, the
@dfn{action property}, specifies a function which is called when the
user invokes the button using the keyboard or the mouse.  The action
function may examine the button and use its other properties as
desired.

  In some ways, the Button package duplicates the functionality in the
Widget package.  @xref{Top, , Introduction, widget, The Emacs Widget
Library}.  The advantage of the Button package is that it is faster,
smaller, and simpler to program.  From the point of view of the user,
the interfaces produced by the two packages are very similar.

@menu
* Button Properties::      Button properties with special meanings.
* Button Types::           Defining common properties for classes of buttons.
* Making Buttons::         Adding buttons to Emacs buffers.
* Manipulating Buttons::   Getting and setting properties of buttons.
* Button Buffer Commands:: Buffer-wide commands and bindings for buttons.
@end menu

@node Button Properties
@subsection Button Properties
@cindex button properties

  Each button has an associated list of properties defining its
appearance and behavior, and other arbitrary properties may be used
for application specific purposes.  The following properties have
special meaning to the Button package:

@table @code
@item action
@kindex action @r{(button property)}
The function to call when the user invokes the button, which is passed
the single argument @var{button}.  By default this is @code{ignore},
which does nothing.

@item mouse-action
@kindex mouse-action @r{(button property)}
This is similar to @code{action}, and when present, will be used
instead of @code{action} for button invocations resulting from
mouse-clicks (instead of the user hitting @key{RET}).  If not
present, mouse-clicks use @code{action} instead.

@item face
@kindex face @r{(button property)}
This is an Emacs face controlling how buttons of this type are
displayed; by default this is the @code{button} face.

@item mouse-face
@kindex mouse-face @r{(button property)}
This is an additional face which controls appearance during
mouse-overs (merged with the usual button face); by default this is
the usual Emacs @code{highlight} face.

@item keymap
@kindex keymap @r{(button property)}
@vindex button-map
The button's keymap, defining bindings active within the button
region.  By default this is the usual button region keymap, stored
in the variable @code{button-map}, which defines @key{RET} and
@key{mouse-2} to invoke the button.

@item type
@kindex type @r{(button property)}
The button type.  @xref{Button Types}.

@item help-echo
@kindex help-echo @r{(button property)}
A string displayed by the Emacs tooltip help system; by default,
@code{"mouse-2, RET: Push this button"}.  Alternatively, a function
that returns, or a form that evaluates to, a string to be displayed or
@code{nil}.  For details see @ref{Text help-echo}.

The function is called with three arguments, @var{window},
@var{object}, and @var{pos}.  The second argument, @var{object}, is
either the overlay that had the property (for overlay buttons), or the
buffer containing the button (for text property buttons).  The other
arguments have the same meaning as for the special text property
@code{help-echo}.

@item follow-link
@kindex follow-link @r{(button property)}
The @code{follow-link} property, defining how a @key{mouse-1} click
behaves on this button, @xref{Clickable Text}.

@item button
@kindex button @r{(button property)}
All buttons have a non-@code{nil} @code{button} property, which may be useful
in finding regions of text that comprise buttons (which is what the
standard button functions do).
@end table

  There are other properties defined for the regions of text in a
button, but these are not generally interesting for typical uses.

@node Button Types
@subsection Button Types
@cindex button types

  Every button has a @dfn{button type}, which defines default values
for the button's properties.  Button types are arranged in a
hierarchy, with specialized types inheriting from more general types,
so that it's easy to define special-purpose types of buttons for
specific tasks.

@defun define-button-type name &rest properties
Define a button type called @var{name} (a symbol).
The remaining arguments
form a sequence of @var{property value} pairs, specifying default
property values for buttons with this type (a button's type may be set
by giving it a @code{type} property when creating the button, using
the @code{:type} keyword argument).

In addition, the keyword argument @code{:supertype} may be used to
specify a button-type from which @var{name} inherits its default
property values.  Note that this inheritance happens only when
@var{name} is defined; subsequent changes to a supertype are not
reflected in its subtypes.
@end defun

  Using @code{define-button-type} to define default properties for
buttons is not necessary---buttons without any specified type use the
built-in button-type @code{button}---but it is encouraged, since
doing so usually makes the resulting code clearer and more efficient.

@node Making Buttons
@subsection Making Buttons
@cindex making buttons

  Buttons are associated with a region of text, using an overlay or
text properties to hold button-specific information, all of which are
initialized from the button's type (which defaults to the built-in
button type @code{button}).  Like all Emacs text, the appearance of
the button is governed by the @code{face} property; by default (via
the @code{face} property inherited from the @code{button} button-type)
this is a simple underline, like a typical web-page link.

  For convenience, there are two sorts of button-creation functions,
those that add button properties to an existing region of a buffer,
called @code{make-...button}, and those that also insert the button
text, called @code{insert-...button}.

  The button-creation functions all take the @code{&rest} argument
@var{properties}, which should be a sequence of @var{property value}
pairs, specifying properties to add to the button; see @ref{Button
Properties}.  In addition, the keyword argument @code{:type} may be
used to specify a button-type from which to inherit other properties;
see @ref{Button Types}.  Any properties not explicitly specified
during creation will be inherited from the button's type (if the type
defines such a property).

  The following functions add a button using an overlay
(@pxref{Overlays}) to hold the button properties:

@defun make-button beg end &rest properties
This makes a button from @var{beg} to @var{end} in the
current buffer, and returns it.
@end defun

@defun insert-button label &rest properties
This inserts a button with the label @var{label} at point,
and returns it.
@end defun

  The following functions are similar, but using text properties
(@pxref{Text Properties}) to hold the button properties.  Such buttons
do not add markers to the buffer, so editing in the buffer does not
slow down if there is an extremely large numbers of buttons.  However,
if there is an existing face text property on the text (e.g., a face
assigned by Font Lock mode), the button face may not be visible.  Both
of these functions return the starting position of the new button.

@defun make-text-button beg end &rest properties
This makes a button from @var{beg} to @var{end} in the current buffer,
using text properties.
@end defun

@defun insert-text-button label &rest properties
This inserts a button with the label @var{label} at point, using text
properties.
@end defun

@defun buttonize string callback &optional data
Sometimes it's more convenient to make a string into a button without
inserting it into a buffer immediately, for instance when creating
data structures that may then, later, be inserted into a buffer.  This
function makes @var{string} into such a string, and @var{callback}
will be called when the user clicks on the button.  The optional
@var{data} parameter will be used as the parameter when @var{callback}
is called.  If @code{nil}, the button is used as the parameter instead.
@end defun

@defun buttonize-region start end callback &optional data help-echo
Sometimes it's more convenient to convert existing text in a buffer to a
button instead of inserting new text.  This function makes the region
between @var{start} and @var{end} into a button.  Arguments
@var{callback} and @var{data} have the same meanings as for
@code{buttonize}.  Optional argument @var{help-echo} is used as the
@code{help-echo} property of the button.
@end defun

@defun unbuttonize-region start end
This function removes all buttons between @var{start} and @var{end} in
the current buffer (both overlay and text-property based ones).
@end defun

@node Manipulating Buttons
@subsection Manipulating Buttons
@cindex manipulating buttons

These are functions for getting and setting properties of buttons.
Often these are used by a button's invocation function to determine
what to do.

Where a @var{button} parameter is specified, it means an object
referring to a specific button, either an overlay (for overlay
buttons), or a buffer-position or marker (for text property buttons).
Such an object is passed as the first argument to a button's
invocation function when it is invoked.

@defun button-start button
Return the position at which @var{button} starts.
@end defun

@defun button-end button
Return the position at which @var{button} ends.
@end defun

@defun button-get button prop
Get the property of button @var{button} named @var{prop}.
@end defun

@defun button-put button prop val
Set @var{button}'s @var{prop} property to @var{val}.
@end defun

@defun button-activate button &optional use-mouse-action
Call @var{button}'s @code{action} property (i.e., invoke the function
that is the value of that property, passing it the single argument
@var{button}).  If @var{use-mouse-action} is non-@code{nil}, try to
invoke the button's @code{mouse-action} property instead of
@code{action}; if the button has no @code{mouse-action} property, use
@code{action} as normal.  If the @code{button-data} property is
present in @var{button}, use that as the argument for the
@code{action} function instead of @var{button}.
@end defun

@defun button-label button
Return @var{button}'s text label.
@end defun

@defun button-type button
Return @var{button}'s button-type.
@end defun

@defun button-has-type-p button type
Return @code{t} if @var{button} has button-type @var{type}, or one of
@var{type}'s subtypes.
@end defun

@defun button-at pos
Return the button at position @var{pos} in the current buffer, or
@code{nil}.  If the button at @var{pos} is a text property button, the
return value is a marker pointing to @var{pos}.
@end defun

@defun button-type-put type prop val
Set the button-type @var{type}'s @var{prop} property to @var{val}.
@end defun

@defun button-type-get type prop
Get the property of button-type @var{type} named @var{prop}.
@end defun

@defun button-type-subtype-p type supertype
Return @code{t} if button-type @var{type} is a subtype of @var{supertype}.
@end defun

@node Button Buffer Commands
@subsection Button Buffer Commands
@cindex button buffer commands

These are commands and functions for locating and operating on
buttons in an Emacs buffer.

@cindex buffer-button-map
@findex button-mode
@code{push-button} is the command that a user uses to actually push
a button, and is bound by default in the button itself to @key{RET}
and to @key{mouse-2} using a local keymap in the button's overlay or
text properties.  Commands that are useful outside the buttons itself,
such as @code{forward-button} and @code{backward-button} are
additionally available in the keymap stored in
@code{button-buffer-map}; a mode which uses buttons may want to use
@code{button-buffer-map} as a parent keymap for its keymap.
Alternatively, the @code{button-mode} can be switched on for much the
same effect: It's a minor mode that does nothing else than install
@code{button-buffer-map} as a minor mode keymap (note that disabling
@code{button-mode} will remove all the buttons in the current buffer).

If the button has a non-@code{nil} @code{follow-link} property, and
@code{mouse-1-click-follows-link} is set, a quick @key{mouse-1} click
will also activate the @code{push-button} command.
@xref{Clickable Text}.

@deffn Command push-button &optional pos use-mouse-action
Perform the action specified by a button at location @var{pos}.
@var{pos} may be either a buffer position or a mouse-event.  If
@var{use-mouse-action} is non-@code{nil}, or @var{pos} is a
mouse-event (@pxref{Mouse Events}), try to invoke the button's
@code{mouse-action} property instead of @code{action}; if the button
has no @code{mouse-action} property, use @code{action} as normal.
@var{pos} defaults to point, except when @code{push-button} is invoked
interactively as the result of a mouse-event, in which case, the mouse
event's position is used.  If there's no button at @var{pos}, do
nothing and return @code{nil}, otherwise return @code{t}.
@end deffn

@deffn Command forward-button n &optional wrap display-message no-error
Move to the @var{n}th next button, or @var{n}th previous button if
@var{n} is negative.  If @var{n} is zero, move to the start of any
button at point.  If @var{wrap} is non-@code{nil}, moving past either
end of the buffer continues from the other end.  If
@var{display-message} is non-@code{nil}, the button's help-echo string
is displayed.  Any button with a non-@code{nil} @code{skip} property
is skipped over.  Returns the button found, and signals an error if no
buttons can be found.  If @var{no-error} is non-@code{nil}, return @code{nil}
instead of signaling the error.
@end deffn

@deffn Command backward-button n &optional wrap display-message no-error
Move to the @var{n}th previous button, or @var{n}th next button if
@var{n} is negative.  If @var{n} is zero, move to the start of any
button at point.  If @var{wrap} is non-@code{nil}, moving past either
end of the buffer continues from the other end.  If
@var{display-message} is non-@code{nil}, the button's help-echo string
is displayed.  Any button with a non-@code{nil} @code{skip} property
is skipped over.  Returns the button found, and signals an error if no
buttons can be found.  If @var{no-error} is non-@code{nil}, return @code{nil}
instead of signaling the error.
@end deffn

@defun next-button pos &optional count-current
@defunx previous-button pos &optional count-current
Return the next button after (for @code{next-button}) or before (for
@code{previous-button}) position @var{pos} in the current buffer.  If
@var{count-current} is non-@code{nil}, count any button at @var{pos}
in the search, instead of starting at the next button.
@end defun

@node Abstract Display
@section Abstract Display
@cindex ewoc
@cindex display, abstract
@cindex display, arbitrary objects
@cindex model/view/controller
@cindex view part, model/view/controller

  The Ewoc package constructs buffer text that represents a structure
of Lisp objects, and updates the text to follow changes in that
structure.  This is like the ``view'' component in the
``model--view--controller'' design paradigm.  Ewoc means ``Emacs's
Widget for Object Collections''.

  An @dfn{ewoc} is a structure that organizes information required to
construct buffer text that represents certain Lisp data.  The buffer
text of the ewoc has three parts, in order: first, fixed @dfn{header}
text; next, textual descriptions of a series of data elements (Lisp
objects that you specify); and last, fixed @dfn{footer} text.
Specifically, an ewoc contains information on:

@itemize @bullet
@item
The buffer which its text is generated in.

@item
The text's start position in the buffer.

@item
The header and footer strings.

@item
@cindex node, ewoc
@c or "@cindex node, abstract display"?
A doubly-linked chain of @dfn{nodes}, each of which contains:

@itemize
@item
A @dfn{data element}, a single Lisp object.

@item
Links to the preceding and following nodes in the chain.
@end itemize

@item
A @dfn{pretty-printer} function which is responsible for
inserting the textual representation of a data
element value into the current buffer.
@end itemize

  Typically, you define an ewoc with @code{ewoc-create}, and then pass
the resulting ewoc structure to other functions in the Ewoc package to
build nodes within it, and display it in the buffer.  Once it is
displayed in the buffer, other functions determine the correspondence
between buffer positions and nodes, move point from one node's textual
representation to another, and so forth.  @xref{Abstract Display
Functions}.

@cindex encapsulation, ewoc
@c or "@cindex encapsulation, abstract display"?
  A node @dfn{encapsulates} a data element much the way a variable
holds a value.  Normally, encapsulation occurs as a part of adding a
node to the ewoc.  You can retrieve the data element value and place a
new value in its place, like so:

@lisp
(ewoc-data @var{node})
@result{} value

(ewoc-set-data @var{node} @var{new-value})
@result{} @var{new-value}
@end lisp

@noindent
You can also use, as the data element value, a Lisp object (list or
vector) that is a container for the real value, or an index into
some other structure.  The example (@pxref{Abstract Display Example})
uses the latter approach.

  When the data changes, you will want to update the text in the
buffer.  You can update all nodes by calling @code{ewoc-refresh}, or
just specific nodes using @code{ewoc-invalidate}, or all nodes
satisfying a predicate using @code{ewoc-map}.  Alternatively, you can
delete invalid nodes using @code{ewoc-delete} or @code{ewoc-filter},
and add new nodes in their place.  Deleting a node from an ewoc deletes
its associated textual description from buffer, as well.

@menu
* Abstract Display Functions::  Functions in the Ewoc package.
* Abstract Display Example::    Example of using Ewoc.
@end menu

@node Abstract Display Functions
@subsection Abstract Display Functions

  In this subsection, @var{ewoc} and @var{node} stand for the
structures described above (@pxref{Abstract Display}), while
@var{data} stands for an arbitrary Lisp object used as a data element.

@defun ewoc-create pretty-printer &optional header footer nosep
This constructs and returns a new ewoc, with no nodes (and thus no data
elements).  @var{pretty-printer} should be a function that takes one
argument, a data element of the sort you plan to use in this ewoc, and
inserts its textual description at point using @code{insert} (and never
@code{insert-before-markers}, because that would interfere with the
Ewoc package's internal mechanisms).

Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
the footer and every node's textual description.  If @var{nosep}
is non-@code{nil}, no newline is inserted.  This may be useful for
displaying an entire ewoc on a single line, for example, or for
making nodes invisible by arranging for @var{pretty-printer}
to do nothing for those nodes.

An ewoc maintains its text in the buffer that is current when
you create it, so switch to the intended buffer before calling
@code{ewoc-create}.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-buffer ewoc
This returns the buffer where @var{ewoc} maintains its text.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-get-hf ewoc
This returns a cons cell @code{(@var{header} . @var{footer})}
made from @var{ewoc}'s header and footer.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-set-hf ewoc header footer
This sets the header and footer of @var{ewoc} to the strings
@var{header} and @var{footer}, respectively.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-enter-first ewoc data
@defunx ewoc-enter-last ewoc data
These add a new node encapsulating @var{data}, putting it, respectively,
at the beginning or end of @var{ewoc}'s chain of nodes.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-enter-before ewoc node data
@defunx ewoc-enter-after ewoc node data
These add a new node encapsulating @var{data}, adding it to
@var{ewoc} before or after @var{node}, respectively.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-prev ewoc node
@defunx ewoc-next ewoc node
These return, respectively, the previous node and the next node of @var{node}
in @var{ewoc}.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-nth ewoc n
This returns the node in @var{ewoc} found at zero-based index @var{n}.
A negative @var{n} means count from the end.  @code{ewoc-nth} returns
@code{nil} if @var{n} is out of range.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-data node
This extracts the data encapsulated by @var{node} and returns it.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-set-data node data
This sets the data encapsulated by @var{node} to @var{data}.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-locate ewoc &optional pos guess
This determines the node in @var{ewoc} which contains point (or
@var{pos} if specified), and returns that node.  If @var{ewoc} has no
nodes, it returns @code{nil}.  If @var{pos} is before the first node,
it returns the first node; if @var{pos} is after the last node, it returns
the last node.  The optional third arg @var{guess}
should be a node that is likely to be near @var{pos}; this doesn't
alter the result, but makes the function run faster.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-location node
This returns the start position of @var{node}.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-goto-prev ewoc arg
@defunx ewoc-goto-next ewoc arg
These move point to the previous or next, respectively, @var{arg}th node
in @var{ewoc}.  @code{ewoc-goto-prev} does not move if it is already at
the first node or if @var{ewoc} is empty, whereas @code{ewoc-goto-next}
moves past the last node, returning @code{nil}.  Excepting this special
case, these functions return the node moved to.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-goto-node ewoc node
This moves point to the start of @var{node} in @var{ewoc}.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-refresh ewoc
This function regenerates the text of @var{ewoc}.  It works by
deleting the text between the header and the footer, i.e., all the
data elements' representations, and then calling the pretty-printer
function for each node, one by one, in order.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-invalidate ewoc &rest nodes
This is similar to @code{ewoc-refresh}, except that only @var{nodes} in
@var{ewoc} are updated instead of the entire set.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-delete ewoc &rest nodes
This deletes each node in @var{nodes} from @var{ewoc}.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-filter ewoc predicate &rest args
This calls @var{predicate} for each data element in @var{ewoc} and
deletes those nodes for which @var{predicate} returns @code{nil}.
Any @var{args} are passed to @var{predicate}.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-collect ewoc predicate &rest args
This calls @var{predicate} for each data element in @var{ewoc}
and returns a list of those elements for which @var{predicate}
returns non-@code{nil}.  The elements in the list are ordered
as in the buffer.  Any @var{args} are passed to @var{predicate}.
@end defun

@defun ewoc-map map-function ewoc &rest args
This calls @var{map-function} for each data element in @var{ewoc} and
updates those nodes for which @var{map-function} returns non-@code{nil}.
Any @var{args} are passed to @var{map-function}.
@end defun

@node Abstract Display Example
@subsection Abstract Display Example

  Here is a simple example using functions of the ewoc package to
implement a @dfn{color components} display, an area in a buffer that
represents a vector of three integers (itself representing a 24-bit RGB
value) in various ways.

@example
(setq colorcomp-ewoc nil
      colorcomp-data nil
      colorcomp-mode-map nil
      colorcomp-labels ["Red" "Green" "Blue"])

(defun colorcomp-pp (data)
  (if data
      (let ((comp (aref colorcomp-data data)))
        (insert (aref colorcomp-labels data) "\t: #x"
                (format "%02X" comp) " "
                (make-string (ash comp -2) ?#) "\n"))
    (let ((cstr (format "#%02X%02X%02X"
                        (aref colorcomp-data 0)
                        (aref colorcomp-data 1)
                        (aref colorcomp-data 2)))
          (samp " (sample text) "))
      (insert "Color\t: "
              (propertize samp 'face
                          `(foreground-color . ,cstr))
              (propertize samp 'face
                          `(background-color . ,cstr))
              "\n"))))

(defun colorcomp (color)
  "Allow fiddling with COLOR in a new buffer.
The buffer is in Color Components mode."
  (interactive "sColor (name or #RGB or #RRGGBB): ")
  (when (string= "" color)
    (setq color "green"))
  (unless (color-values color)
    (error "No such color: %S" color))
  (switch-to-buffer
   (generate-new-buffer (format "originally: %s" color)))
  (kill-all-local-variables)
  (setq major-mode 'colorcomp-mode
        mode-name "Color Components")
  (use-local-map colorcomp-mode-map)
  (erase-buffer)
  (buffer-disable-undo)
  (let ((data (apply 'vector (mapcar (lambda (n) (ash n -8))
                                     (color-values color))))
        (ewoc (ewoc-create 'colorcomp-pp
                           "\nColor Components\n\n"
                           (substitute-command-keys
                            "\n\\@{colorcomp-mode-map@}"))))
    (set (make-local-variable 'colorcomp-data) data)
    (set (make-local-variable 'colorcomp-ewoc) ewoc)
    (ewoc-enter-last ewoc 0)
    (ewoc-enter-last ewoc 1)
    (ewoc-enter-last ewoc 2)
    (ewoc-enter-last ewoc nil)))
@end example

@cindex controller part, model/view/controller
  This example can be extended to be a color selection widget (in
other words, the ``controller'' part of the ``model--view--controller''
design paradigm) by defining commands to modify @code{colorcomp-data}
and to finish the selection process, and a keymap to tie it all
together conveniently.

@smallexample
(defun colorcomp-mod (index limit delta)
  (let ((cur (aref colorcomp-data index)))
    (unless (= limit cur)
      (aset colorcomp-data index (+ cur delta)))
    (ewoc-invalidate
     colorcomp-ewoc
     (ewoc-nth colorcomp-ewoc index)
     (ewoc-nth colorcomp-ewoc -1))))

(defun colorcomp-R-more () (interactive) (colorcomp-mod 0 255 1))
(defun colorcomp-G-more () (interactive) (colorcomp-mod 1 255 1))
(defun colorcomp-B-more () (interactive) (colorcomp-mod 2 255 1))
(defun colorcomp-R-less () (interactive) (colorcomp-mod 0 0 -1))
(defun colorcomp-G-less () (interactive) (colorcomp-mod 1 0 -1))
(defun colorcomp-B-less () (interactive) (colorcomp-mod 2 0 -1))

(defun colorcomp-copy-as-kill-and-exit ()
  "Copy the color components into the kill ring and kill the buffer.
The string is formatted #RRGGBB (hash followed by six hex digits)."
  (interactive)
  (kill-new (format "#%02X%02X%02X"
                    (aref colorcomp-data 0)
                    (aref colorcomp-data 1)
                    (aref colorcomp-data 2)))
  (kill-buffer nil))

(setq colorcomp-mode-map
      (define-keymap :suppress t
        "i" 'colorcomp-R-less
        "o" 'colorcomp-R-more
        "k" 'colorcomp-G-less
        "l" 'colorcomp-G-more
        "," 'colorcomp-B-less
        "." 'colorcomp-B-more
        "SPC" 'colorcomp-copy-as-kill-and-exit))
@end smallexample

Note that we never modify the data in each node, which is fixed when the
ewoc is created to be either @code{nil} or an index into the vector
@code{colorcomp-data}, the actual color components.

@node Blinking
@section Blinking Parentheses
@cindex parenthesis matching
@cindex blinking parentheses
@cindex balancing parentheses

  This section describes the mechanism by which Emacs shows a matching
open parenthesis when the user inserts a close parenthesis.

@defvar blink-paren-function
The value of this variable should be a function (of no arguments) to
be called whenever a character with close parenthesis syntax is inserted.
The value of @code{blink-paren-function} may be @code{nil}, in which
case nothing is done.
@end defvar

@defopt blink-matching-paren
If this variable is @code{nil}, then @code{blink-matching-open} does
nothing.
@end defopt

@defopt blink-matching-paren-distance
This variable specifies the maximum distance to scan for a matching
parenthesis before giving up.
@end defopt

@defopt blink-matching-delay
This variable specifies the number of seconds to keep indicating the
matching parenthesis.  A fraction of a second often gives good
results, but the default is 1, which works on all systems.
@end defopt

@deffn Command blink-matching-open
This function is the default value of @code{blink-paren-function}.  It
assumes that point follows a character with close parenthesis syntax
and applies the appropriate effect momentarily to the matching opening
character.  If that character is not already on the screen, it
displays the character's context in the echo area.  To avoid long
delays, this function does not search farther than
@code{blink-matching-paren-distance} characters.

Here is an example of calling this function explicitly.

@smallexample
@group
(defun interactive-blink-matching-open ()
  "Indicate momentarily the start of parenthesized sexp before point."
  (interactive)
@end group
@group
  (let ((blink-matching-paren-distance
         (buffer-size))
        (blink-matching-paren t))
    (blink-matching-open)))
@end group
@end smallexample
@end deffn

@node Character Display
@section Character Display

  This section describes how characters are actually displayed by
Emacs.  Typically, a character is displayed as a @dfn{glyph} (a
graphical symbol which occupies one character position on the screen),
whose appearance corresponds to the character itself.  For example,
the character @samp{a} (character code 97) is displayed as @samp{a}.
Some characters, however, are displayed specially.  For example, the
formfeed character (character code 12) is usually displayed as a
sequence of two glyphs, @samp{^L}, while the newline character
(character code 10) starts a new screen line.

  You can modify how each character is displayed by defining a
@dfn{display table}, which maps each character code into a sequence of
glyphs.  @xref{Display Tables}.

@menu
* Usual Display::       The usual conventions for displaying characters.
* Display Tables::      What a display table consists of.
* Active Display Table::  How Emacs selects a display table to use.
* Glyphs::              How to define a glyph, and what glyphs mean.
* Glyphless Chars::     How glyphless characters are drawn.
@end menu

@node Usual Display
@subsection Usual Display Conventions

  Here are the conventions for displaying each character code (in the
absence of a display table, which can override these
@iftex
conventions).
@end iftex
@ifnottex
conventions; @pxref{Display Tables}).
@end ifnottex

@cindex printable ASCII characters
@itemize @bullet
@item
The @dfn{printable @acronym{ASCII} characters}, character codes 32
through 126 (consisting of numerals, English letters, and symbols like
@samp{#}) are displayed literally.

@item
The tab character (character code 9) displays as whitespace stretching
up to the next tab stop column.  @xref{Text Display,,, emacs, The GNU
Emacs Manual}.  The variable @code{tab-width} controls the number of
spaces per tab stop (see below).

@item
The newline character (character code 10) has a special effect: it
ends the preceding line and starts a new line.

@cindex ASCII control characters
@cindex non-printable ASCII characters
@item
The non-printable @dfn{@acronym{ASCII} control characters}---character
codes 0 through 31, as well as the @key{DEL} character (character code
127)---display in one of two ways according to the variable
@code{ctl-arrow}.  If this variable is non-@code{nil} (the default),
these characters are displayed as sequences of two glyphs, where the
first glyph is @samp{^} (a display table can specify a glyph to use
instead of @samp{^}); e.g., the @key{DEL} character is displayed as
@samp{^?}.

If @code{ctl-arrow} is @code{nil}, these characters are displayed as
octal escapes (see below).

This rule also applies to carriage return (character code 13), if that
character appears in the buffer.  But carriage returns usually do not
appear in buffer text; they are eliminated as part of end-of-line
conversion (@pxref{Coding System Basics}).

@cindex octal escapes
@item
@dfn{Raw bytes} are non-@acronym{ASCII} characters with codes 128
through 255 (@pxref{Text Representations}).  These characters display
as @dfn{octal escapes}: sequences of four glyphs, where the first
glyph is the @acronym{ASCII} code for @samp{\}, and the others are
digit characters representing the character code in octal.  (A display
table can specify a glyph to use instead of @samp{\}.)

@item
Each non-@acronym{ASCII} character with code above 255 is displayed
literally, if the terminal supports it.  If the terminal does not
support it, the character is said to be @dfn{glyphless}, and it is
usually displayed using a placeholder glyph.  For example, if a
graphical terminal has no font for a character, Emacs usually displays
a box containing the character code in hexadecimal.  @xref{Glyphless
Chars}.
@end itemize

  The above display conventions apply even when there is a display
table, for any character whose entry in the active display table is
@code{nil}.  Thus, when you set up a display table, you need only
specify the characters for which you want special display behavior.

  The following variables affect how certain characters are displayed
on the screen.  Since they change the number of columns the characters
occupy, they also affect the indentation functions.  They also affect
how the mode line is displayed; if you want to force redisplay of the
mode line using the new values, call the function
@code{force-mode-line-update} (@pxref{Mode Line Format}).

@defopt ctl-arrow
@cindex control characters in display
This buffer-local variable controls how control characters are
displayed.  If it is non-@code{nil}, they are displayed as a caret
followed by the character: @samp{^A}.  If it is @code{nil}, they are
displayed as octal escapes: a backslash followed by three octal
digits, as in @samp{\001}.
@end defopt

@defopt tab-width
The value of this buffer-local variable is the spacing between tab
stops used for displaying tab characters in Emacs buffers.  The value
is in units of columns, and the default is 8.  Note that this feature
is completely independent of the user-settable tab stops used by the
command @code{tab-to-tab-stop}.  @xref{Indent Tabs}.
@end defopt

@node Display Tables
@subsection Display Tables

@cindex display table
  A display table is a special-purpose char-table
(@pxref{Char-Tables}), with @code{display-table} as its subtype, which
is used to override the usual character display conventions.  This
section describes how to make, inspect, and assign elements to a
display table object.  The next section (@pxref{Active Display Table})
describes the various standard display tables and their precedence.

@defun make-display-table
This creates and returns a display table.  The table initially has
@code{nil} in all elements.
@end defun

  The ordinary elements of the display table are indexed by character
codes; the element at index @var{c} says how to display the character
code @var{c}.  The value should be @code{nil} (which means to display
the character @var{c} according to the usual display conventions;
@pxref{Usual Display}), or a vector of glyph codes (which means to
display the character @var{c} as those glyphs; @pxref{Glyphs}).

  @strong{Warning:} if you use the display table to change the display
of newline characters, the whole buffer will be displayed as one long
line.

  The display table also has six @dfn{extra slots} which serve special
purposes.  Here is a table of their meanings; @code{nil} in any slot
means to use the default for that slot, as stated below.

@table @asis
@item 0
The glyph for the end of a truncated screen line (the default for this
is @samp{$}).  @xref{Glyphs}.  On graphical terminals, Emacs by
default uses arrows in the fringes to indicate truncation, so the
display table has no effect, unless you disable the fringes
(@pxref{Fringes,, Window Fringes, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}).

@item 1
The glyph for the end of a continued line (the default is @samp{\}).
On graphical terminals, Emacs by default uses curved arrows in the
fringes to indicate continuation, so the display table has no effect,
unless you disable the fringes.

@item 2
The glyph for indicating a character displayed as an octal character
code (the default is @samp{\}).

@item 3
The glyph for indicating a control character (the default is @samp{^}).

@item 4
A vector of glyphs for indicating the presence of invisible lines (the
default is @samp{...}).  @xref{Selective Display}.

@item 5
The glyph used to draw the border between side-by-side windows (the
default is @samp{|}).  @xref{Splitting Windows}.  This currently has
effect only on text terminals; on graphical terminals, if vertical
scroll bars are supported and in use, a scroll bar separates the two
windows, and if there are no vertical scroll bars and no dividers
(@pxref{Window Dividers}), Emacs uses a thin line to indicate the
border.

@item 6 to 11

The glyphs for a single-line border around child frames on a terminal,
in the order of vertical, horizontal, down-right edge, down-left edge,
up-right, and up-left edge glyphs.  The horizontal glyph is also used for
the single-line tty menu separator.

@item 12 to 17

The glyphs for a double-line border, in the order of vertical,
horizontal, down-right edge, down-left edge, up-right, and up-left edge
glyphs.  The horizontal glyph is also used for the single-line TTY menu
separator, the other glyphs are not yet used.
@end table

  For example, here is how to construct a display table that mimics
the effect of setting @code{ctl-arrow} to a non-@code{nil} value
(@pxref{Glyphs}, for the function @code{make-glyph-code}):

@example
(setq disptab (make-display-table))
(dotimes (i 32)
  (or (= i ?\t)
      (= i ?\n)
      (aset disptab i
            (vector (make-glyph-code ?^ 'escape-glyph)
                    (make-glyph-code (+ i 64) 'escape-glyph)))))
(aset disptab 127
      (vector (make-glyph-code ?^ 'escape-glyph)
              (make-glyph-code ?? 'escape-glyph)))
@end example

@defun display-table-slot display-table slot
This function returns the value of the extra slot @var{slot} of
@var{display-table}.  The argument @var{slot} may be a number from 0 to
17 inclusive, or a slot name, a symbol.
@end defun

@defun set-display-table-slot display-table slot value
This function stores @var{value} in the extra slot @var{slot} of
@var{display-table}.  The argument @var{slot} may be a number from 0 to
17 inclusive, or a slot name, a symbol.
@end defun

Valid slot name symbols are @code{truncation}, @code{wrap},
@code{escape}, @code{control}, @code{selective-display},
@code{vertical-border}, @code{box-vertical}, @code{box-horizontal},
@code{box-down-right}, @code{box-down-left}, @code{box-up-right},
@code{box-up-left}, @code{box-double-vertical},
@code{box-double-horizontal}, @code{box-double-down-right},
@code{box-double-down-left}, @code{box-double-up-right},
@code{box-double-up-left}.

@defun describe-display-table display-table
This function displays a description of the display table
@var{display-table} in a help buffer.
@end defun

@defun standard-display-unicode-special-glyphs
This function sets the extra slots of @var{standard-display-table} with
suitable Unicode characters.
@end defun

@deffn Command describe-current-display-table
This command displays a description of the current display table in a
help buffer.
@end deffn

@node Active Display Table
@subsection Active Display Table
@cindex active display table

  Each window can specify a display table, and so can each buffer.
The window's display table, if there is one, takes precedence over the
buffer's display table.  If neither exists, Emacs tries to use the
standard display table; if that is @code{nil}, Emacs uses the usual
character display conventions (@pxref{Usual Display}).  (Emacs does
not ``merge'' display tables: For instance, if the window has a
display table, the buffer's display table and the standard display
table are completely ignored.)

  Note that display tables affect how the mode line is displayed, so
if you want to force redisplay of the mode line using a new display
table, call @code{force-mode-line-update} (@pxref{Mode Line Format}).

@defun window-display-table &optional window
This function returns @var{window}'s display table, or @code{nil} if
there is none.  The default for @var{window} is the selected window.
@end defun

@defun set-window-display-table window table
This function sets the display table of @var{window} to @var{table}.
The argument @var{table} should be either a display table or
@code{nil}.
@end defun

@defvar buffer-display-table
This variable is automatically buffer-local in all buffers; its value
specifies the buffer's display table.  If it is @code{nil}, there is
no buffer display table.
@end defvar

@defvar standard-display-table
The value of this variable is the standard display table, which is
used when Emacs is displaying a buffer in a window with neither a
window display table nor a buffer display table defined, or when Emacs
is outputting text to the standard output or error streams.  Although its
default is typically @code{nil}, in an interactive session if the
terminal cannot display curved quotes, its default maps curved quotes
to ASCII approximations.  @xref{Text Quoting Style}.
@end defvar

The @file{disp-table} library defines several functions for changing
the standard display table.

@node Glyphs
@subsection Glyphs
@cindex glyph

@cindex glyph code
  A @dfn{glyph} is a graphical symbol which occupies a single
character position on the screen.  Each glyph is represented in Lisp
as a @dfn{glyph code}, which specifies a character and optionally a
face to display it in (@pxref{Faces}).  The main use of glyph codes is
as the entries of display tables (@pxref{Display Tables}).  The
following functions are used to manipulate glyph codes:

@defun make-glyph-code char &optional face
This function returns a glyph code representing char @var{char} with
face @var{face}.  If @var{face} is omitted or @code{nil}, the glyph
uses the default face; in that case, the glyph code is an integer.  If
@var{face} is non-@code{nil}, the glyph code is not necessarily an
integer object.
@end defun

@defun glyph-char glyph
This function returns the character of glyph code @var{glyph}.
@end defun

@defun glyph-face glyph
This function returns face of glyph code @var{glyph}, or @code{nil} if
@var{glyph} uses the default face.
@end defun

@ifnottex
  You can set up a @dfn{glyph table} to change how glyph codes are
actually displayed on text terminals.  This feature is semi-obsolete;
use @code{glyphless-char-display} instead (@pxref{Glyphless Chars}).

@defvar glyph-table
The value of this variable, if non-@code{nil}, is the current glyph
table.  It takes effect only on character terminals; on graphical
displays, all glyphs are displayed literally.  The glyph table should
be a vector whose @var{g}th element specifies how to display glyph
code @var{g}, where @var{g} is the glyph code for a glyph whose face
is unspecified.  Each element should be one of the following:

@table @asis
@item @code{nil}
Display this glyph literally.

@item a string
Display this glyph by sending the specified string to the terminal.

@item a glyph code
Display the specified glyph code instead.
@end table

Any integer glyph code greater than or equal to the length of the
glyph table is displayed literally.
@end defvar
@end ifnottex

@node Glyphless Chars
@subsection Glyphless Character Display
@cindex glyphless characters

  @dfn{Glyphless characters} are characters which are displayed in a
special way, e.g., as a box containing a hexadecimal code, instead of
being displayed literally.  These include characters which are
explicitly defined to be glyphless, as well as characters for which
there is no available font (on a graphical display), and characters
which cannot be encoded by the terminal's coding system (on a text
terminal).

@findex glyphless-display-mode
The @code{glyphless-display-mode} minor mode can be used to toggle
displaying glyphless characters in a convenient manner in the current
buffer.  If this mode is enabled, all the glyphless characters are
displayed as boxes that display acronyms of their character names.

@defvar glyphless-char-display
For more fine-grained (and global) control, this variable can be used.
The value of this variable is a char-table which defines glyphless
characters and how they are displayed.  Each entry must be one of the
following display methods:

@table @asis
@item @code{nil}
Display the character in the usual way.

@item @code{zero-width}
Don't display the character.

@item @code{thin-space}
Display a thin space, 1-pixel wide on graphical displays, or
1-character wide on text terminals.

@item @code{empty-box}
Display an empty box.

@item @code{hex-code}
Display a box containing the Unicode codepoint of the character, in
hexadecimal notation.

@item an @acronym{ASCII} string
Display a box containing that string.  The string should contain at
most 6 @acronym{ASCII} characters.  As an exception, if the string
includes just one character, on text-mode terminals that character
will be displayed without a box; this enables treating such
``acronyms'' as replacement characters for characters that cannot be
displayed by the terminal.

@item a cons cell @code{(@var{graphical} . @var{text})}
Display with @var{graphical} on graphical displays, and with
@var{text} on text terminals.  Both @var{graphical} and @var{text}
must be one of the display methods described above.
@end table

@vindex glyphless-char@r{ face}
@noindent
The @code{thin-space}, @code{empty-box}, @code{hex-code}, and
@acronym{ASCII} string display methods are drawn with the
@code{glyphless-char} face.  On text terminals, a box is emulated by
square brackets, @samp{[]}.

The char-table has one extra slot, which determines how to display any
character that cannot be displayed with any available font, or cannot
be encoded by the terminal's coding system.  Its value should be one
of the above display methods, except @code{zero-width}.

If a character has a non-@code{nil} entry in an active display table,
the display table takes effect; in this case, Emacs does not consult
@code{glyphless-char-display} at all.
@end defvar

@defopt glyphless-char-display-control
This user option provides a convenient way to set
@code{glyphless-char-display} for groups of similar characters.  Do
not set its value directly from Lisp code; the value takes effect only
via a custom @code{:set} function (@pxref{Variable Definitions}),
which updates @code{glyphless-char-display}.

Its value should be an alist of elements @code{(@var{group}
. @var{method})}, where @var{group} is a symbol specifying a group of
characters, and @var{method} is a symbol specifying how to display
them.

@var{group} should be one of the following:

@table @code
@item c0-control
@acronym{ASCII} control characters @code{U+0000} to @code{U+001F},
excluding the newline and tab characters (normally displayed as escape
sequences like @samp{^A}; @pxref{Text Display,, How Text Is Displayed,
emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}).

@item c1-control
Non-@acronym{ASCII}, non-printing characters @code{U+0080} to
@code{U+009F} (normally displayed as octal escape sequences like
@samp{\230}).

@item format-control
Characters of Unicode General Category [Cf], such as U+200E
@sc{left-to-right mark}, but excluding characters that have graphic
images, such as U+00AD @sc{soft hyphen}.

@item bidi-control
This is a subset of @code{format-control}, but only includes
characters that are related to bidirectional formatting control, like
U+2069 @sc{pop directional isolate} and U+202A @sc{left-to-right
embedding}.  @xref{Bidirectional Display}.

Characters of Unicode General Category [Cf], such as U+200E
@sc{left-to-right mark}, but excluding characters that have graphic
images, such as U+00AD @sc{soft hyphen}.

@item variation-selectors
Unicode VS-1 through VS-256 (U+FE00 through U+FE0F and U+E0100 through
U+E01EF), which are used to select between different glyphs for the same
codepoints (typically emojis).

@item no-font
Characters for which there is no suitable font, or which cannot be
encoded by the terminal's coding system, or those for which the
text-mode terminal has no glyphs.
@end table

@c FIXME: this can also be 'acronym', but that's not currently
@c completely implemented; it applies only to the format-control
@c group, and only works if the acronym is in 'char-acronym-table'.
The @var{method} symbol should be one of @code{zero-width},
@code{thin-space}, @code{empty-box}, or @code{hex-code}.  These have
the same meanings as in @code{glyphless-char-display}, above.
@end defopt

@node Beeping
@section Beeping
@cindex bell

  This section describes how to make Emacs ring the bell (or blink the
screen) to attract the user's attention.  Be conservative about how
often you do this; frequent bells can become irritating.  Also be
careful not to use just beeping when signaling an error is more
appropriate (@pxref{Errors}).

@defun ding &optional do-not-terminate
@cindex keyboard macro termination
This function beeps, or flashes the screen (see @code{visible-bell} below).
It also terminates any keyboard macro currently executing unless
@var{do-not-terminate} is non-@code{nil}.
@end defun

@defun beep &optional do-not-terminate
This is a synonym for @code{ding}.
@end defun

@defopt visible-bell
This variable determines whether Emacs should flash the screen to
represent a bell.  Non-@code{nil} means yes, @code{nil} means no.
This is effective on graphical displays, and on text terminals
provided the terminal's Termcap entry defines the visible bell
capability (@samp{vb}).
@end defopt

@defopt ring-bell-function
If this is non-@code{nil}, it specifies how Emacs should ring the
bell.  Its value should be a function of no arguments.  If this is
non-@code{nil}, it takes precedence over the @code{visible-bell}
variable.
@end defopt

@node Window Systems
@section Window Systems

  Emacs works with several window systems, most notably the X Window
System.  Both Emacs and X use the term ``window'', but use it
differently.  An Emacs frame is a single window as far as X is
concerned; the individual Emacs windows are not known to X at all.

@defvar window-system
This terminal-local variable tells Lisp programs what window system
Emacs is using for displaying the frame.  The possible values are

@table @code
@item x
@cindex X Window System
Emacs is displaying the frame using X.
@item w32
Emacs is displaying the frame using native MS-Windows GUI.
@item ns
Emacs is displaying the frame using the Nextstep interface (used on
GNUstep and macOS).
@item pc
Emacs is displaying the frame using MS-DOS direct screen writes.
@item haiku
Emacs is displaying the frame using the Application Kit on Haiku.
@item pgtk
Emacs is displaying the frame using pure GTK facilities.
@item android
Emacs is displaying the frame on Android.
@item nil
Emacs is displaying the frame on a character-based terminal.
@end table
@end defvar

@defvar initial-window-system
This variable holds the value of @code{window-system} used for the
first frame created by Emacs during startup.  (When Emacs is invoked
as a daemon, it does not create any initial
frames, so @code{initial-window-system} is @code{nil}, except on
MS-Windows, where it is still @code{w32}.  @xref{Initial Options,
daemon,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.)
@end defvar

@defun window-system &optional frame
This function returns a symbol whose name tells what window system is
used for displaying @var{frame} (which defaults to the currently
selected frame).  The list of possible symbols it returns is the same
one documented for the variable @code{window-system} above.
@end defun

  Do @emph{not} use @code{window-system} and
@code{initial-window-system} as predicates or boolean flag variables,
if you want to write code that works differently on text terminals and
graphic displays.  That is because @code{window-system} is not a good
indicator of Emacs capabilities on a given display type.  Instead, use
@code{display-graphic-p} or any of the other @code{display-*-p}
predicates described in @ref{Display Feature Testing}.

@node Tooltips
@section Tooltips
@cindex tooltips
@dfn{Tooltips} are special frames (@pxref{Frames}) that are used to
display helpful hints (a.k.a.@: ``tips'') related to the current
position of the mouse pointer.  Emacs uses tooltips to display help
strings about active portions of text (@pxref{Special Properties}) and
about various UI elements, such as menu items (@pxref{Extended Menu
Items}) and tool-bar buttons (@pxref{Tool Bar}).

@defun tooltip-mode
Tooltip Mode is a minor mode that enables display of tooltips.
Turning off this mode causes the tooltips be displayed in the echo
area.  On text-mode (a.k.a.@: ``TTY'') frames, tooltips are always
displayed in the echo area.
@end defun

@cindex system tooltips
@vindex use-system-tooltips
When Emacs is built with the GTK+ toolkit or Haiku windowing support,
it by default displays tooltips using toolkit functions, and the
appearance of the tooltips is then controlled by the toolkit's
settings.  Toolkit-provided tooltips can be disabled by changing the
value of the variable @code{use-system-tooltips} to @code{nil}.  The
rest of this subsection describes how to control non-toolkit tooltips,
which are presented by Emacs itself.

@cindex tooltip frames
Tooltips are displayed in special frames called tooltip frames, which
have their own frame parameters (@pxref{Frame Parameters}).  Unlike
other frames, the default parameters for tooltip frames are stored in a
special variable.

@defopt tooltip-frame-parameters
This customizable option holds the default frame parameters used for
displaying tooltips.  Any font and color parameters are ignored, and the
corresponding attributes of the @code{tooltip} face are used instead.
If @code{left} or @code{top} parameters are included, they are used as
absolute frame-relative coordinates where the tooltip should be shown.
(Mouse-relative position of the tooltip can be customized using the
variables described in @ref{Tooltips,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.)
Note that the @code{left} and @code{top} parameters, if present,
override the values of mouse-relative offsets.
@end defopt

@vindex tooltip@r{ face}
The @code{tooltip} face determines the appearance of text shown in
tooltips.  It should generally use a variable-pitch font of size that
is preferably smaller than the default frame font.

@findex tooltip-help-tips
@defvar tooltip-functions
This abnormal hook is a list of functions to call when Emacs needs to
display a tooltip.  Each function is called with a single argument
@var{event} which is a copy of the last mouse movement event.  If a
function on this list actually displays the tooltip, it should return
non-@code{nil}, and then the rest of the functions will not be
called.  The default value of this variable is a single function
@code{tooltip-help-tips}.
@end defvar

If you write your own function to be put on the
@code{tooltip-functions} list, you may need to know the buffer of the
mouse event that triggered the tooltip display.  The following
function provides that information.

@defun tooltip-event-buffer event
This function returns the buffer over which @var{event} occurred.
Call it with the argument of the function from
@code{tooltip-functions} to obtain the buffer whose text triggered the
tooltip.  Note that the event might occur not over a buffer (e.g.,
over the tool bar), in which case this function will return
@code{nil}.
@end defun

Other aspects of tooltip display are controlled by several
customizable settings; see @ref{Tooltips,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs
Manual}.

@node Bidirectional Display
@section Bidirectional Display
@cindex bidirectional display
@cindex right-to-left text

  Emacs can display text written in scripts, such as Arabic, Farsi,
and Hebrew, whose natural ordering for horizontal text display runs
from right to left.  Furthermore, segments of Latin script and digits
embedded in right-to-left text are displayed left-to-right, while
segments of right-to-left script embedded in left-to-right text
(e.g., Arabic or Hebrew text in comments or strings in a program
source file) are appropriately displayed right-to-left.  We call such
mixtures of left-to-right and right-to-left text @dfn{bidirectional
text}.  This section describes the facilities and options for editing
and displaying bidirectional text.

@cindex logical order
@cindex reading order
@cindex visual order
@cindex unicode bidirectional algorithm
@cindex UBA
@cindex bidirectional reordering
@cindex reordering, of bidirectional text
  Text is stored in Emacs buffers and strings in @dfn{logical} (or
@dfn{reading}) order, i.e., the order in which a human would read
each character.  In right-to-left and bidirectional text, the order in
which characters are displayed on the screen (called @dfn{visual
order}) is not the same as logical order; the characters' screen
positions do not increase monotonically with string or buffer
position.  In performing this @dfn{bidirectional reordering}, Emacs
follows the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm (a.k.a.@: @acronym{UBA}),
which is described in Annex #9 of the Unicode standard
(@url{https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/}).  Emacs provides a ``Full
Bidirectionality'' class implementation of the @acronym{UBA},
consistent with the requirements of the Unicode Standard v9.0.  Note,
however, that the way Emacs displays continuation lines when text
direction is opposite to the base paragraph direction deviates from
the UBA, which requires performing line wrapping before reordering
text for display.

@defvar bidi-display-reordering
If the value of this buffer-local variable is non-@code{nil} (the
default), Emacs performs bidirectional reordering for display.  The
reordering affects buffer text, as well as display strings and overlay
strings from text and overlay properties in the buffer (@pxref{Overlay
Properties}, and @pxref{Display Property}).  If the value is
@code{nil}, Emacs does not perform bidirectional reordering in the
buffer.

The default value of @code{bidi-display-reordering} controls the
reordering of strings which are not directly supplied by a buffer,
including the text displayed in mode lines (@pxref{Mode Line Format})
and header lines (@pxref{Header Lines}).
@end defvar

@cindex unibyte buffers, and bidi reordering
  Emacs never reorders the text of a unibyte buffer, even if
@code{bidi-display-reordering} is non-@code{nil} in the buffer.  This
is because unibyte buffers contain raw bytes, not characters, and thus
lack the directionality properties required for reordering.
Therefore, to test whether text in a buffer will be reordered for
display, it is not enough to test the value of
@code{bidi-display-reordering} alone.  The correct test is this:

@example
 (if (and enable-multibyte-characters
          bidi-display-reordering)
     ;; Buffer is being reordered for display
   )
@end example

  However, unibyte display and overlay strings @emph{are} reordered if
their parent buffer is reordered.  This is because plain-@sc{ascii}
strings are stored by Emacs as unibyte strings.  If a unibyte display
or overlay string includes non-@sc{ascii} characters, these characters
are assumed to have left-to-right direction.

@cindex display properties, and bidi reordering of text
  Text covered by @code{display} text properties, by overlays with
@code{display} properties whose value is a string, and by any other
properties that replace buffer text, is treated as a single unit when
it is reordered for display.  That is, the entire chunk of text
covered by these properties is reordered together.  Moreover, the
bidirectional properties of the characters in such a chunk of text are
ignored, and Emacs reorders them as if they were replaced with a
single character @code{U+FFFC}, known as the @dfn{Object Replacement
Character}.  This means that placing a display property over a portion
of text may change the way that the surrounding text is reordered for
display.  To prevent this unexpected effect, always place such
properties on text whose directionality is identical with text that
surrounds it.

@cindex base direction of a paragraph
  Each paragraph of bidirectional text has a @dfn{base direction},
either right-to-left or left-to-right.  Left-to-right paragraphs are
displayed beginning at the left margin of the window, and are
truncated or continued when the text reaches the right margin.
Right-to-left paragraphs are displayed beginning at the right margin,
and are continued or truncated at the left margin.

@cindex paragraph-start, and bidirectional display
@cindex paragraph-separate, and bidirectional display
  Where exactly paragraphs start and end, for the purpose of the Emacs
@acronym{UBA} implementation, is determined by the following two
buffer-local variables (note that @code{paragraph-start} and
@code{paragraph-separate} have no influence on this).  By default both
of these variables are @code{nil}, and paragraphs are bounded by empty
lines, i.e., lines that consist entirely of zero or more whitespace
characters followed by a newline.

@defvar bidi-paragraph-start-re
If non-@code{nil}, this variable's value should be a regular
expression matching a line that starts or separates two paragraphs.
The regular expression is always matched after a newline, so it is
best to anchor it, i.e., begin it with a @code{"^"}.
@end defvar

@defvar bidi-paragraph-separate-re
If non-@code{nil}, this variable's value should be a regular
expression matching a line separates two paragraphs.  The regular
expression is always matched after a newline, so it is best to anchor
it, i.e., begin it with a @code{"^"}.
@end defvar

  If you modify any of these two variables, you should normally modify
both, to make sure they describe paragraphs consistently.  For
example, to have each new line start a new paragraph for
bidi-reordering purposes, set both variables to @code{"^"}.

  By default, Emacs determines the base direction of each paragraph by
looking at the text at its beginning.  The precise method of
determining the base direction is specified by the @acronym{UBA}; in a
nutshell, the first character in a paragraph that has an explicit
directionality determines the base direction of the paragraph.
However, sometimes a buffer may need to force a certain base direction
for its paragraphs.  For example, buffers containing program source
code should force all paragraphs to be displayed left-to-right.  You
can use following variable to do this:

@defopt bidi-paragraph-direction
If the value of this buffer-local variable is the symbol
@code{right-to-left} or @code{left-to-right}, all paragraphs in the
buffer are assumed to have that specified direction.  Any other value
is equivalent to @code{nil} (the default), which means to determine
the base direction of each paragraph from its contents.

@cindex @code{prog-mode}, and @code{bidi-paragraph-direction}
Modes for program source code should set this to @code{left-to-right}.
Prog mode does this by default, so modes derived from Prog mode do not
need to set this explicitly (@pxref{Basic Major Modes}).
@end defopt

@defun current-bidi-paragraph-direction &optional buffer
This function returns the paragraph direction at point in the named
@var{buffer}.  The returned value is a symbol, either
@code{left-to-right} or @code{right-to-left}.  If @var{buffer} is
omitted or @code{nil}, it defaults to the current buffer.  If the
buffer-local value of the variable @code{bidi-paragraph-direction} is
non-@code{nil}, the returned value will be identical to that value;
otherwise, the returned value reflects the paragraph direction
determined dynamically by Emacs.  For buffers whose value of
@code{bidi-display-reordering} is @code{nil} as well as unibyte
buffers, this function always returns @code{left-to-right}.
@end defun

@cindex visual-order cursor motion
  Sometimes there's a need to move point in strict visual order,
either to the left or to the right of its current screen position.
Emacs provides a primitive to do that.

@defun move-point-visually direction
This function moves point of the currently selected window to the
buffer position that appears immediately to the right or to the left
of point on the screen.  If @var{direction} is positive, point will
move one screen position to the right, otherwise it will move one
screen position to the left.  Note that, depending on the surrounding
bidirectional context, this could potentially move point many buffer
positions away.  If invoked at the end of a screen line, the function
moves point to the rightmost or leftmost screen position of the next
or previous screen line, as appropriate for the value of
@var{direction}.

The function returns the new buffer position as its value.
@end defun

@cindex layout on display, and bidirectional text
@cindex jumbled display of bidirectional text
@cindex concatenating bidirectional strings
  Bidirectional reordering can have surprising and unpleasant effects
when two strings with bidirectional content are juxtaposed in a
buffer, or otherwise programmatically concatenated into a string of
text.  A typical problematic case is when a buffer consists of
sequences of text fields separated by whitespace or punctuation
characters, like Buffer Menu mode or Rmail Summary Mode.  Because the
punctuation characters used as separators have @dfn{weak
directionality}, they take on the directionality of surrounding text.
As result, a numeric field that follows a field with bidirectional
content can be displayed @emph{to the left} of the preceding field,
messing up the expected layout.  There are several ways to avoid this
problem:

@itemize @minus
@item
Append the special character U+200E @sc{left-to-right mark}, or
@acronym{LRM}, to the end of each field that may have bidirectional
content, or prepend it to the beginning of the following field.  The
function @code{bidi-string-mark-left-to-right}, described below, comes
in handy for this purpose.  (In a right-to-left paragraph, use
U+200F @sc{right-to-left mark}, or @acronym{RLM}, instead.)  This
is one of the solutions recommended by the UBA.

@item
Include the tab character in the field separator.  The tab character
plays the role of @dfn{segment separator} in bidirectional reordering,
causing the text on either side to be reordered separately.

@cindex @code{space} display spec, and bidirectional text
@item
Separate fields with a @code{display} property or overlay with a
property value of the form @code{(space . PROPS)} (@pxref{Specified
Space}).  Emacs treats this display specification as a @dfn{paragraph
separator}, and reorders the text on either side separately.
@end itemize

@defun bidi-string-mark-left-to-right string
This function returns its argument @var{string}, possibly modified,
such that the result can be safely concatenated with another string,
or juxtaposed with another string in a buffer, without disrupting the
relative layout of this string and the next one on display.  If the
string returned by this function is displayed as part of a
left-to-right paragraph, it will always appear on display to the left
of the text that follows it.  The function works by examining the
characters of its argument, and if any of those characters could cause
reordering on display, the function appends the @acronym{LRM}
character to the string.  The appended @acronym{LRM} character is made
invisible by giving it an @code{invisible} text property of @code{t}
(@pxref{Invisible Text}).
@end defun

  The reordering algorithm uses the bidirectional properties of the
characters stored as their @code{bidi-class} property
(@pxref{Character Properties}).  Lisp programs can change these
properties by calling the @code{put-char-code-property} function.
However, doing this requires a thorough understanding of the
@acronym{UBA}, and is therefore not recommended.  Any changes to the
bidirectional properties of a character have global effect: they
affect all Emacs frames and windows.

  Similarly, the @code{mirroring} property is used to display the
appropriate mirrored character in the reordered text.  Lisp programs
can affect the mirrored display by changing this property.  Again, any
such changes affect all of Emacs display.

@cindex overriding bidirectional properties
@cindex directional overrides
@cindex LRO
@cindex RLO
  The bidirectional properties of characters can be overridden by
inserting into the text special directional control characters,
LEFT-TO-RIGHT OVERRIDE (@acronym{LRO}) and RIGHT-TO-LEFT OVERRIDE
(@acronym{RLO}).  Any characters between a @acronym{RLO} and the
following newline or POP DIRECTIONAL FORMATTING (@acronym{PDF})
control character, whichever comes first, will be displayed as if they
were strong right-to-left characters, i.e.@: they will be reversed on
display.  Similarly, any characters between @acronym{LRO} and
@acronym{PDF} or newline will display as if they were strong
left-to-right, and will @emph{not} be reversed even if they are strong
right-to-left characters.

@cindex phishing using directional overrides
@cindex malicious use of directional overrides
  These overrides are useful when you want to make some text
unaffected by the reordering algorithm, and instead directly control
the display order.  But they can also be used for malicious purposes,
known as @dfn{phishing}.  Specifically, a URL on a Web page or a link
in an email message can be manipulated to make its visual appearance
unrecognizable, or similar to some popular benign location, while the
real location, interpreted by a browser in the logical order, is very
different.

  Emacs provides a primitive that applications can use to detect
instances of text whose bidirectional properties were overridden so as
to make a left-to-right character display as if it were a
right-to-left character, or vice versa.

@defun bidi-find-overridden-directionality from to &optional object
This function looks at the text of the specified @var{object} between
positions @var{from} (inclusive) and @var{to} (exclusive), and returns
the first position where it finds a strong left-to-right character
whose directional properties were forced to display the character as
right-to-left, or for a strong right-to-left character that was forced
to display as left-to-right.  If it finds no such characters in the
specified region of text, it returns @code{nil}.

The optional argument @var{object} specifies which text to search, and
defaults to the current buffer.  If @var{object} is non-@code{nil}, it
can be some other buffer, or it can be a string or a window.  If it is
a string, the function searches that string.  If it is a window, the
function searches the buffer displayed in that window.  If a buffer
whose text you want to examine is displayed in some window, we
recommend to specify it by that window, rather than pass the buffer to
the function.  This is because telling the function about the window
allows it to correctly account for window-specific overlays, which
might change the result of the function if some text in the buffer is
covered by overlays.
@end defun

@cindex copying bidirectional text, preserve visual order
@cindex visual order, preserve when copying bidirectional text
  When text that includes mixed right-to-left and left-to-right
characters and bidirectional controls is copied into a different
location, it can change its visual appearance, and also can affect the
visual appearance of the surrounding text at destination.  This is
because reordering of bidirectional text specified by the
@acronym{UBA} has non-trivial context-dependent effects both on the
copied text and on the text at copy destination that will surround it.

  Sometimes, a Lisp program may need to preserve the exact visual
appearance of the copied text at destination, and of the text that
surrounds the copy.  Lisp programs can use the following function to
achieve that effect.

@defun buffer-substring-with-bidi-context start end &optional no-properties
This function works similar to @code{buffer-substring} (@pxref{Buffer
Contents}), but it prepends and appends to the copied text bidi
directional control characters necessary to preserve the visual
appearance of the text when it is inserted at another place.  Optional
argument @var{no-properties}, if non-@code{nil}, means remove the text
properties from the copy of the text.
@end defun
